master thesis: virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e...

116
Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing Cand merc. (MIB) Management of Innovation and Business Development Copenhagen Business School Academic advisor: Finn Valentin, Dep. of Innovation and Organizational Economics 113 Pages + Appendix STU count: 271.249 2011-11 Dan Herlin 070184-2901 Benedikta Hedegaard-Knudsen 231283-1778

Upload: dan-herlin

Post on 28-Jul-2015

135 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

DESCRIPTION

Cognitive economics, organizational learning, innovation theory, network theory, ambidextrous innovation

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

 

Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Cand merc. (MIB) Management of Innovation and Business Development Copenhagen Business School

Academic advisor: Finn Valentin, Dep. of Innovation and Organizational Economics

113 Pages + Appendix STU count: 271.249

2011-11

 

Dan Herlin 070184-2901

 

Benedikta Hedegaard-Knudsen 231283-1778

Page 2: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Abstract  Over   the   past   decade   the   world   has   witnessed   a   dramatic   development   of   information   and  

communication   technologies   (ICT),   and   one   of   the   most   profound   manifestations   of   online  

communication  is  that  of  virtual  communities  (VCs).  VCs  are  proliferating  across  the  Internet  in  

various  forms,  and  companies  have  become  increasingly  interested  in  utilizing  VCs  as  a  tool  for  

external  knowledge  sourcing  and   innovation.   In   the   literature,  we   find   that  most  work  on   this  

topic  predominantly  relates  to  market-­‐focused  crowdsourcing  through  user-­‐  or  challenge-­‐driven  

VCs.  In  this  light,  this  paper  aims  to  investigate  the  benefits  that  a  research-­‐based  VC  holds  for  

science-­‐based   R&D   intensive   firms   in   acting   as   a   vehicle   for   unguided   search   of   scientific  

opportunities,   as   to   ultimately   enhance   their   innovative   capacity.   Our   research   takes   point   of  

departure  in  the  combinatorial  view  of  innovation  where  we  recognize  that  external  sources  of  

knowledge   hold   great   potential   for   innovating   firms.   We   take   an   exploratory   and   multi-­‐

disciplinary   approach   where   we   combine   literature   of   cognitive   economics,   sociology,  

innovation,  ambidexterity  and  network  theory.    Moreover,  we  conduct  a  prospective  single-­‐case  

study  of  Novozymes  (NZ)  -­‐  a  leading  biotechnology  firm  in  the  industrial  enzyme  business.  Here,  

we   assess   NZ’   R&D   organisation   and   its   current   innovation   model   to   conclude   that   NZ   is   to  

certain   extent   is   trapped   in   sub-­‐optimal   routinized   exploitative   R&D   strategies.   While   NZ’  

current   innovation   model   has   proved   highly   efficient   in   the   past,   looming   challenges   in   the  

enzyme  market  places  Novozymes  in  a  position  to  benefit  from  more  explorative  R&D  strategies.  

We  identify  a  set  of  enabling  properties  that  makes  virtual  communities  particularly  conducive  

for  overcoming  a  number  of  barriers  found  in  real  life  (IRL)  communities.  More  specifically,  we  

highlight  how  VCs  can  overcome  barriers  of  time  and  geographical  proximity  as  well  as  barriers  

of  cognitive-­‐,  disciplinary-­‐  and  organizational  separation.  We  conclude  that  VCs  hold  potential  to  

act   as   a   brokerage  mechanism   for   bridging   structural   holes   and   facilitate   external   knowledge  

sourcing,   and   ultimately   make   out   a   keystone   in   the   development   of   ambidextrous  

organisational  capabilities.    As  a  result,  we  suggest  that  NZ  can  engage  in  more  explorative  R&D  

strategies   by   means   of   a   VC   set-­‐up,   without   compromising   the   efficient   model   if   innovation  

currently  in  place  in  the  organization.    

 

Page 3: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  1  

Table  of  Contents  List  of  Abbreviations  ......................................................................................................................................................  3  

1.  INTRODUCTION  ..........................................................................................................................................  5  1.1.  PROBLEM  STATEMENT  ..............................................................................................................................................  8  1.2.  CLARIFICATION  OF  RESEARCH  ..................................................................................................................................  8  1.3.  DEMARCATION  ............................................................................................................................................................  9  1.4.  MOTIVATION  ............................................................................................................................................................  10  1.5  RELEVANCE  ................................................................................................................................................................  10  1.6.  DISPOSITION  .............................................................................................................................................................  11  

2.  METHODOLOGY  .......................................................................................................................................  12  2.1.  RESEARCH  STRATEGY  AND  DESIGN  .....................................................................................................................  12  2.2.  DATA  COLLECTION  ..................................................................................................................................................  14  2.2.1.  Qualitative  research  methods  ....................................................................................................................  14  2.2.2.  Method  of  verification  ...................................................................................................................................  17  2.2.3.  Quantitative  research  method  ...................................................................................................................  18  

2.3.  CRITIQUE  OF  METHODOLOGY  ................................................................................................................................  18  2.3.2.  Limitations  .........................................................................................................................................................  18  2.3.3.  Reliability  ............................................................................................................................................................  20  2.3.4.  Validity  .................................................................................................................................................................  20  2.3.5.  Generalizability  ................................................................................................................................................  21  

2.4  DELIMITATIONS  ........................................................................................................................................................  21  2.5.  CENTRAL  CONCEPTS  ...............................................................................................................................................  22  

3.  LITERATURE  REVIEW  ............................................................................................................................  24  3.1.  COGNITIVE  ECONOMICS  ..........................................................................................................................................  25  3.2.  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  ICT  AND  THE  INTERNET  ......................................................................................................  26  3.3.  VIRTUAL  COMMUNITIES  .........................................................................................................................................  27  3.4.  A  TYPOLOGY  OF  VIRTUAL  COMMUNITIES  FOR  EXTERNAL  KNOWLEDGE  SOURCING  .....................................  29  3.4.1.  User-­‐driven  community  ................................................................................................................................  30  3.4.2.  Challenged-­‐Based  Community  ...................................................................................................................  31  3.4.3.  Research-­‐based  community  ........................................................................................................................  31  

3.5.  RESEARCH  GAP  ........................................................................................................................................................  32  4.  THEORETICAL  DISCUSSION  ..................................................................................................................  33  4.1.  COMBINATORIAL  INNOVATION  .............................................................................................................................  33  4.1.1.  The  linear-­‐  and  the  chain-­‐linked  model  -­‐  The  role  of  science  and  innovations  ....................  35  4.1.2.  Exploitation  and  Exploration  .....................................................................................................................  39  4.1.3.  The  Ambidexterity  Hypothesis  ...................................................................................................................  40  4.1.4.  Combinatorial  Innovation:  Models  and  application  of  theory  ....................................................  41  

4.2  NETWORKS,  KNOWLEDGE  AND  STRUCTURAL  HOLES  ........................................................................................  45  4.2.1.  The  Social  Structure  of  Networks  .............................................................................................................  46  4.2.2.  Structural  Holes  ...............................................................................................................................................  48  4.2.3.  Structural  holes  and  opportunities  in  segmented  networks  ........................................................  49  4.2.4.  Brokerage  and  Innovation  ..........................................................................................................................  50  4.2.5.  Cognitive  Distance  ...........................................................................................................................................  51  4.2.6.  Social  Capital  and  Innovation  ....................................................................................................................  52  

4.3.  VIRTUAL  COMMUNITIES  AND  KNOWLEDGE  SOURCING  ....................................................................................  54  4.3.1.  Knowledge  Sharing  and  Information  Exchange  in  ‘virtual  worlds’  ..........................................  54  

4.4.  THEORETICAL  SYNTHESIS  AND  APPLICATION  ....................................................................................................  55  5.  NOVOZYMES  -­‐  CASE  COMPANY  PROFILE  ..........................................................................................  58  5.1.  NOVOZYMES  R&D  ORGANIZATION  .......................................................................................................................  59  

Page 4: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  2  

5.2.  LOOMING  CHALLENGES  ..........................................................................................................................................  61  6.  ANALYSIS  ....................................................................................................................................................  62  6.1.  PART  I  -­‐  NOVOZYMES’  INNOVATION  MODEL  .......................................................................................................  63  6.1.1.  R&D  in  transition  at  Novozymes  ...............................................................................................................  64  6.1.2.  Novozymes’  innovation  model  ...................................................................................................................  66  6.1.3.  R&D  at  Novozymes:  basic  vs.  applied  scientific  research  ...............................................................  68  6.1.4.  R&D  project  groups  at  Novozymes  ..........................................................................................................  69  6.1.5.  Novozymes  and  The  Long  Tail  of  R&D  ...................................................................................................  71  6.1.6.  The  emergence  of  revolutionising  technologies  for  enzyme  research  .....................................  73  6.1.7.  Conclusion:  analysis  part  I  ...........................................................................................................................  75  

6.2  ANALYSIS  PART  II  –  VIRTUAL  INNOVATION  BROKER  .......................................................................................  76  6.2.1.  A  great  place  to  start  .....................................................................................................................................  76  6.2.2.  Structural  holes  and  combinatorial  innovation  .................................................................................  77  6.2.3.  The  Virtual  Innovation  Broker  ..................................................................................................................  78  6.2.4  Enabling  and  inhibiting  properties  of  virtual  communities  ..........................................................  80  6.2.5.  Trends  in  community  life  online  ................................................................................................................  83  6.2.6.  Conclusion:  analysis  part  II  .........................................................................................................................  86  

6.3  ANALYSIS  PART  III  –  THE  AMBIDEXTROUS  INNOVATION  MODEL  ..................................................................  87  6.3.1.  Optimal  Scope  Continuum  ...........................................................................................................................  87  6.3.2.  Overcoming  obstacles  to  ambidexterity  ................................................................................................  90  6.3.3.  Ambidextrous  innovation  .............................................................................................................................  93  6.3.4.  Conclusion:  analysis  part  III  .......................................................................................................................  95  

6.4.  CONCLUSION:  ANALYSIS  PART  I,  II,  II  ..................................................................................................................  96  7.  DISCUSSION  OF  FINDINGS  AND  FUTURE  PERSPECTIVES  ...........................................................  99  8.  BIBLIOGRAPHY  .....................................................................................................................................  105  8.1.  BOOKS  AND  ARTICLES  .........................................................................................................................................  105  8.2.  ONLINE  SOURCES  ..................................................................................................................................................  113  

9.  APPENDIX  ................................................................................................................................................  114  APPENDIX  1:  INTERVIEW  SUMMARY  .........................................................................................................................  115  APPENDIX  2:  ONLINE  QUESTIONNAIRE  SUMMARY  .................................................................................................  146  APPENDIX  3:  NOVOZYMES  SALES  DATA  AND  GLOBAL  ENZYME  MARKET  ............................................................  151  APPENDIX  4:  ONLINE  TRENDS  –  EMERGING  SCIENTIFIC  COMMUNITIES  .............................................................  153  APPENDIX  5:  ENABLING  AND  INHIBITING  PROPERTIES  OF  A  VIRTUAL  COMMUNITY  ........................................  159  

 

 

   

Page 5: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  3  

List  of  Abbreviations  

 

B-­‐2-­‐B       Business  to  Business  

B-­‐2-­‐C       Business  to  Consumer  

FtF     Face  to  Face  

ICT     Information  and  Communication  Technology  

IRL     In  Real  Life  

LM     Linear  Model  of  Innovation  

NZ       Novozymes    

R&D     Research  and  Development    

VC       Virtual  Community  

VIB       Virtual  Innovation  Broker  

 

 

         

Page 6: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  4  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 “The  value  of  an  idea  lies  not  its  origin,  but  in  its  delivery”  

-­‐  Ronald  Burt,  2001  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 7: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  5  

1.  Introduction  Do  you  have  a  good  idea?  A  sudden  spark  of  inspiration?  A  memory?  Where  did  it  come  

from?  We  are  often  led  to  believe  that  ideas  pop  out  of  nowhere.  Famous  tales  suggest  

that  great  ideas  are  the  result  of  epiphanies,  such  as  Archimedes  who  supposedly  while  

lying  comfortably   in  his  bathtub  suddenly  realized  that   ‘any  object,  wholly  or  partially  

immersed  in  a  fluid,  is  buoyed  up  by  a  force  equal  to  the  weight  of  the  fluid  displaced  by  

the  object’1;  or  of  Isaac  Newton  who,  when  the  apple  fell  from  the  tree,  suddenly  grasped  

that   the   ‘…gravitational   force   is  proportional  to   the  product  of   the   two  masses  

and  inversely  proportional  to   the  square  of   the  distance  between  them’2.   In   the   light  of  

the   notion   of   combinatorial   innovation,   the   ‘Eureka!’   moment   metaphor   and   Edison’s  

light  bulb  allegory  are  reduced  to  romanticized  versions  of   the  truth.  The  point   is   that  

most   great   ideas   have   a   historical   record,   and   first   see   the   day   of   light   after   being  

processed   iteratively   by   a   number   of   actors;   often   as   result   of   collective   effort   of  

‘connecting   the   dots’   (Burt,   2001).   Similarly,   innovations   emerge   through   the  

recombination   of   the   technological   components   and   processes   that   lie   along   the  

contemporary   technology   frontier   (Fleming  &  Sorensen,  2004).  Through   collaboration  

and   connectivity,   the   combination   of   pools   of   knowledge   in   due   course   leads   up   to   a  

moment  of  breakthrough.    

The   traditional   view   of   creative   processes,   is   that   these   are   the   result   of   a   genetic  

precondition  or  personal  trait,  but  creativity   is  an  import-­‐export  game  -­‐  not  a  creation  

game  (Burt,  2004).  Hence,  “the  value  in  an  idea  lies  not  in  its  origin,  but  in  its  delivery”  (Ibid.:1).  

But   how   can   the   delivery   of   ideas   be   facilitated?   It   becomes   important   to   understand  

what  circumstances  that  are  required  to  facilitate  the  emergence  of  ideas?  Behavioural  

sciences  holds  part  of   the  answer.  A  generic  notion   from  sociology   is   that   information  

circulates  more  within  groups  of  people  than  across  groups  of  people  (Lin  et  al.,  2001).  

With  the  notion  of  combinatorial  innovation  in  mind,  many  scholars  suggest  that  multi-­‐

disciplinarity  opens  up  for  novel  and  more  radical  combinations.  Nevertheless,  since  the  

composition   of   groups   often   takes   a   homogenous   character,   it   has   been   proved  

challenging  to  reach  out  to  actors  who  reside  in  distant  networks  and  disciplines.  What  

                                                                                                               1  Archimedes  discoveries  in  the  bath:  http://www.mlahanas.de/Greeks/ArchimedesBath.htm  2  How  Newton  Built  on  Galileo  Ideas:  http://galileo.phys.virginia.edu/classes/109N/lectures/newtongl    

Page 8: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  6  

could  possibly  incentivize  people  who  do  not  naturally  come  together,  to  meet  and  share  

knowledge  and  experiences?    

Over   time   the   mechanisms   or   ‘enabling   spaces’   for   connecting   and   facilitating  

collaboration  and  mediation  of  information  across  people  have  taken  many  forms.  In  the  

Age  of  Enlightment3,  enabling  spaces  took  the  form  of  coffee  houses.  According  to  Cowan  

“…the  coffeehouse  was  a  place   for   individuals   to   congregate,   to   read,  as  well  as   to   learn  

from,  and  debate  with  each  other”  (2005:89).  Over  the  years  more  sophisticated  enabling  

spaces  have  emerged,   such  as   schools  and  universities,   and   today’s   counterpart  of   the  

coffeehouses   during   the   Enlightment   is   indisputably   the   Internet.   Human   social  

interaction   has   changed   dramatically   over   the   past   decade,   much   as   a   result   of  

developments   in   communication   technology   and   the   emergence   of   the   Internet.   The  

central  utility  of  the  Internet  is  to  facilitate  connectivity  and  the  notion  of  ‘sharing’  is  the  

substance  of  online  interaction.  The  applications  of  the  Internet  found  in  in  human  life  

today   are   countless.   Social   and   public   life   is   increasingly   mediated   through   Internet  

technology,  essentially  reframing  our  everyday  experiences  and  changing  the  very  fabric  

of  society.  Since  the  emergence  of   the   Internet   in   the   late  1990’s,   it  has  brought  about  

profound  impacts  on  the  world  economy,  on  politics,  on  culture  and  social  progress,  and  

promoted   the   transformation   of   social   production   and   information   dissemination  

(Xinhua,  2010).  The  proliferation  of   low  cost   access   to   the   Internet  has  made  way   for  

new  means  by  which  inter-­‐organizational  and  inter-­‐personal  interaction  can  take  place,  

allowing   connections   to   be   made   and   networks   to   be   built,   earlier   unimaginable.  

Essentially   it  has  grown  to  become  an   integrated   facet  of   life   for  people,  organizations  

and  businesses   -­‐  a  given  piece  of  our   information  and  communication   landscape   -­‐  and  

not  the  least  a  major  source  and  catalyst  for  innovation.    

One  of  the  most  profound  manifestations  of  online  communication  technology  is  that  of  

virtual   communities   (VC).   The   mode   for   online   communication   has   moved   from  

monologue   to   dialogue,   i.e.   from   ‘one-­‐to-­‐many’   to   ‘many-­‐to-­‐many’   (Brandtzæg   et   al.,  

2010).  VCs  have  soured  in  numbers  over  the  past  decade,  and  online   ‘connections’  are  

multiplying  at  a  phenomenal  rate.  Today,  the  multiplicity  of  VCs  is  growing  from  broad  

to  narrow  in  scope  and  VCs  are  to  be  found  within  almost  any  area  of  interest,  industry  

                                                                                                               3 Timespan: 1650-1796 (Frost, 2011)

Page 9: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  7  

or   field   of   study.   A   VC   can   establish   linkages   and   facilitate   interaction   between  

geographically   dispersed   actors,   and   act   as   a   vehicle   for   information   exchange   and  

knowledge   sharing   (Füller   et   al.,   2004).   The   interest   for   how   online   communication  

technologies   can   accommodate   new   knowledge   creation   and   enhance   innovation   is  

growing  among  companies  (Brandtzæg  et  al.,  2010).  

One  such  company  is  Novozymes  (NZ)  -­‐  a  Danish  biotechnology  firm  and  world  leader  in  

industrial   enzymes.   The   business   of   industrial   enzymes   is   highly   R&D-­‐intensive,   and  

16%  of  NZ’  workforce  is  employed  in  R&D,  and  about  14%  of  revenue  is  re-­‐invested  in  

research  (Annual  Report,  2010).  The  constant  search  for  new  knowledge  is  an  integral  

part  of  NZ’  business  agenda,  and  the  R&D  organization  is  always  seeking  new  leads  for  

application  areas  of   its   enzyme   technologies.  Along  with  developments  of   information  

and   communication   technologies   (ICT),   the   R&D   organization   at   NZ   has   turned   their  

interest   towards   opportunities   that   can   be   realized   by   means   of   external   knowledge  

sourcing  through  the  use  of  virtual  community  technologies.  More  specifically,  they  have  

asked  us   to   investigate   to  what  extent  a  virtual  community  can  help   facilitate  efficient  

external  knowledge  sourcing  and  make  R&D  activities  more  explorative.    

Innovating   firms   are   said   to   face   two   conflicting   processes   of   organizational   learning:    

exploration   and   exploitation.   Exploitation   deals   with   static   efficiency   and   relates   to  

refinement   of   existing   products   and   procedures   and   incremental   innovation,  whereas  

exploration  relates  to  dynamic  efficiency  and  involves  search  for  new  options  in  distant  

fields  and  more  radical  innovation  (March,  1991).  We  know  that  managing  the  scope  of  

exploration  and  exploitation  comprise  a  paradoxical  challenge,  and  to  do  so  successfully  

is  said  to  require  ambidextrous  organizational  capabilities  (Tushman  &  O’Reilly,  1996).  

We  draw  upon  the  notion  of  ambidexterity  and  seek  to  understand  the  extent  to  which  a  

VC  can  support  an  ambidextrous  model  of  innovation  to  emerge,  as  we  seek  to  uncover  

potential  opportunities  that  can  be  realized  by  leveraging  particular  qualities  of  VCs  to  

help  manage  exploitation  and  exploration  simultaneously.    

 

 

Page 10: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  8  

1.1.  Problem  Statement  In  this  thesis  we  explore  the  following  research  question:  How  can  a  virtual  community  

facilitate   external   knowledge   sourcing   so   as   to   enhance   the   innovative   capacity   of  

Novozymes’  R&D  organization?    

In   this   effort,   we   conduct   a   three-­‐pronged   analysis   in   which   the   three   below   sub-­‐

questions  are  explored,  respectively:  

 Q1:  To  what  extent  is  the  current  innovation  model  at  Novozymes  conducive  for    

 effective  external  knowledge  sourcing?    

Q2:  How  can  virtual  communities  support  the  facilitation  of  external  knowledge    

 sourcing  for  science-­‐based  firms?    

Q3:  Can  a  virtual  community  make  way  for  an  ambidextrous  innovation  model?  

1.2.  Clarification  of  research    Q1:  The  first  sub-­‐question  serves  to  address  the  extent  to  which  the  current  innovation  

model   at   NZ   is   conducive   for   external   knowledge   sourcing.   Here   we   analyse   NZ’   the  

scope   of   R&D   activities   and   its   current   innovation   model.   We   investigate   the  

characteristics   of   the   enzyme   research   environment   at  NZ   and  develop   arguments   for  

why   distant   search   is   deemed   a   critical   element   in   the   development   of   novel   and  

revolutionary   applications   in   enzyme   technology.   Ultimately   we   conclude   that   NZ  

suffers   from   a   local   search   bias   and   indeed   hold   to   benefit   from   external   knowledge  

sourcing.    

Q2:   Secondly,   mechanisms   for   external   knowledge   sourcing   are   reviewed,   where   we  

take   a   particular   interest   in   the   role   of   virtual   communities   for   facilitating   external  

knowledge  sourcing.  Here,  existing  literature  and  case-­‐examples  of  virtual  communities  

are   revised,  and  a   set  of  enabling  properties   for  how  virtual   communities  can  act  as  a  

vehicle  for  external  knowledge  sourcing  is  identified.  We  further  expand  the  second  part  

of   the  analysis  and   take  pragmatic  approach.  Here  we  highlight  a  number  of   trends   in  

online   community   life   as   well   conduct   an   online   survey,   where   we   find   supporting  

arguments  for  VCs  in  research-­‐based  environments.    

Q3:   Thirdly,  we   explore   the   notion   of   cognitive   distance   and   explorative   strategies   to  

shed   light   on   the   implications   of   too   distant   sources   of   knowledge.   We   furthermore  

Page 11: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  9  

highlight  the  notion  of  ambidextrous  innovation  and  address  how  a  virtual  community  

holds   potential   to   reinforce   a   balance   between   exploitative   and   explorative   R&D  

strategies.      

In  summary,  Q1  helps  us  identify  a  problem,  Q2  proposes  a  solution  and  Q3  assesses  the  

proposed  solution  in  the  light  of  scope  of  exploration  and  ambidextrous  organisational  

capabilities.  Thus,  in  reaching  our  succeeding  conclusions,  this  paper  follows  two  logics  

of   reason.   In   exploring   Q1   a   practical   and   diagnostic   approach   is   taken   and   our  

subsequent   findings   are   largely   based   on   the   case   analysis   of   Novozymes   through  

empirical   data   from   a   set   of   interviews.   Our   case   provides   a   context   in   which   the  

phenomenon   of   VC   can   be   discussed   and   exemplified.     In   Q2   and   Q3,   our   concluding  

remarks   are   the   result   of   inference   from   extant   literature   and   application   and  

reconstruction  of  prevailing  theory  and  concepts,  and  thereby  of  a  more  general  nature.  

Altogether,   we   hope   to   shed   light   on   the   emerging   phenomenon   VC   with   regards   to  

innovation  and  external  knowledge  sourcing.    

1.3.  Demarcation  It  is  important  to  note  that  there  is  more  to  the  story  of  building  virtual  communities  for  

external  knowledge  sourcing  than  what  is  covered  over  the  course  of  this  thesis.  A  large  

number   of   factors   must   be   assessed   before   a   decision   to   build   and   employ   a   virtual  

research  community  can  be  taken.  This  paper  merely  tells  the  story  of  how  a  (particular)  

firm   could   potentially   to   benefit   from   an   initiative   like   this.   We   thus   take   a   specific  

interest  in  gaining  a  contextual  understanding  of  Novozymes,  a  company  that  wishes  to  

establish   a   virtual   community,   how   a   virtual   community   can   facilitate   external  

knowledge  sourcing,  and  the  implications  of  this.  Given  the  scope  of  a  Master  Thesis  we  

have   chosen   to   omit   analysis   of   how   a   possible   implementation   can   take   place,   and  

thereby  refrain   from  addressing  how  knowledge  are   to  be   transferred,   internalized  or  

absorbed   into   the   real  world   setting   of   the   organization   from   the   virtual   community.  

Another   important   note   on   this   paper   is   that   it   should   not   be   seen   as   a   cost-­‐benefit  

analysis  of  the  utility  of  virtual  communities  in  the  given  context,  but  rather  as  a  benefit  

analysis.   While   we   touch   upon   both   enabling   and   inhibiting   properties   of   virtual  

communities,  we  choose  to  delimit  our  thesis  to  unravel  potential  benefits  encompassed  

by  this  technology  as  opposed  to  its  limitations.  While  this  might  indicate  an  asymmetric  

emphasis,  it  seems  justified  by  the  scope  and  objective  of  the  paper.  Thus,  we  delimit  our  

Page 12: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  10  

focus  on  two  dimensions.  We  place  our  research  in  the  upper  left  quadrant  of  figure  1.1  

below,  yet  we  want  to  highlight  the  there  are  other  important  dimensions  that  needs  to  

be   studied   in   order   to   gain   a   more   complete   comprehension   of   the   phenomenon   in  

question.      

Figure  1.1:  Demarcation  

 

   

Source:  Own  model  

 

1.4.  Motivation  We,   the   authors   of   this   paper,   are   fascinated   by   opportunities   arising   from   the   fast  

developments   of   information   and   communication   technology   (ICT),   and   in   particular,    

online  tools   for  communication  and  collaboration.  Furthermore,  given  our  pronounced  

specialization  in  the  field  of  management  of  innovation,  we  wanted  to  conduct  a  study  of  

how  online   tools  hold  potential   to  enhance   innovative  capacity  of   firms.  Two   facets  of  

innovation   have   driven   our   research   forward.   As   highlighted   in   the   introduction   the  

combinatorial  perspective   of   innovation   provides   an   appealing   take   on   understanding  

the  emergence  of  ideas,  and  consequently  how  and  where  innovations  transpire.  Second,  

a  movement   emphasizing   the   value   to   be   reaped   by   firms   through   exploring   external  

sources   of   knowledge   has   emerged   in   the   economic   literature   under   the   term   open  

innovation.   Inspired   by   the   principle   proposed   by   Bill   Joy,   cofounder   of   Sun  

Microsystems,   “No  matter  who  you  are,  most  of  the  smartest  people  work  for  someone  else”,  we  

find  models  for  distributed  (open)  innovation  an  intriguing  aspect  of  innovation  worth  

studying  further.      

1.5  Relevance  Given   the   rapid   emergence   of   new   applications   of   ICT   for   the   purpose   of   knowledge  

sharing   and   collaboration   we   find   the   topic   of   our   study   highly   relevant.   Virtual  

communities  are  today  increasingly  being  used  as  a  tool  for  crowdsourcing  knowledge,  

?

?

Implementation  

Contextual  understanding   !

?

Costs  Benefits  

Page 13: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  11  

yet  we   find   that   the   underlying   elements   for  why   online   technologies   provide   such   a  

useful   tool   is  understudied.   In  particular,  we   find   that  science-­‐based   firms  who  aim  to  

engage   in  unguided   search  of   scientific   opportunities  by  means  of   online   technologies  

have  been  largely  omitted  from  the  academic  discourse.  It  is  proposed  here  that  science-­‐

based   firms   to   a   larger   extent   can   take   advantage   of   online   networks   in   their   R&D  

efforts;  hence   the  present  paper  aims  to  provide  supportive  arguments  and  theory   for  

better   understanding   how   to   take   an   active   role   along   the   emerging   trend   of   virtual  

communities  in  the  light  of  innovation.  Moreover,  it  is  believed  here  that  in  studying  the  

phenomenon  of  virtual  communities  through  the  lens  of  innovation-­‐  and  network  theory  

with   point   of   departure   in   cognitive   economics   and   sociology   discourse,   we   wish   to  

provide  a  more  nuanced  picture  of  the  utility  of  such  technologies  in  the  management  of  

R&D   strategy   and   innovation.   (See   section   3   for   literature   review   and   research   gap  

identification).  

1.6.  Disposition  Figure  1.2.  Disposition  of  Thesis  

 

 Source:  Own  illustration  

Page 14: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  12  

2.  Methodology  The   aim  of   the  methodology   section   is   to   provide   the   reader  with   an   overview  of   the  

overall   research   approach,   collection   and   treatment   of   data,   limitations,   delimitations  

and  critique  of  chosen  methods.      

2.1.  Research  Strategy  and  Design  We  are  conducting  an  exploratory  case  study  of  Novozymes,  and  highlight  the  benefits  of  

a   virtual   community   for   external   knowledge   sourcing   in   that   context.   Exploratory  

studies  focus  on  finding  new  insights,  to  ask  questions  and  to  assess  a  phenomenon  in  a  

new   light,   and   the   advantage   of   exploratory   studies   is   the   degree   of   flexibility   and  

adaptiveness   that   the   approach   provides   the   researcher  with   (Saunders   et   al.,   2007).  

The  exploratory  researcher  does  not  approach  their  project  according  to  any  set  formula,  

hence  we  set  out  to  generate  hypotheses  for  later  investigation  rather  than  illustrating  

an  actual  occurrence  of  events.  As  such  our  case  does  not  tell  a  story  of  how,  but  rather  

asks  how,  and  this  paper  can  thereby  be  seen  as  an  initial  effort  to  shed  light  on  the  role  

of   virtual   communities   in   a   particular   context   that   in   turn   can   open   up   for   future  

research.    

We   are   inspired   by   the   abductive   theory   of   method,   which   emphasizes   no   a   priori  

hypotheses  or  presuppositions  before  initiating  the  research  (Levin-­‐Rozalis,  2000;  Haig,  

2005).   Drawing   on   an   exploratory   approach,   we   sat   out   to   uncover   and   establish   a  

research  hypothesis   on   the  basis   of   initial   project  meetings  with  NZ   (February  2011).  

Based  on  this,  we  identify  current  and  novel  concepts  that  we  find  to  be  of  assistance  in  

substantiating   our   hypothesis   (Haig,   2005).   In   our   particular   case,   we   are   not   only  

dealing   with   a   hitherto   unknown   and   completely   new   initiative   at   Novozymes,   but  

theory   and   literature   on   the   topic   is   also   scarce.   We   take   this   circumstance   as   an  

opportunity   to   further   explore   the   research   phenomena;   a   circumstance   that   the  

abductive   logic   supports   by   calling   for   a   cyclical   process   of   checking   and   rechecking  

against  observations  made,  widening  and  modifying  our  hypothesis  through  the  process  

(Levin-­‐Rozalis,  2000).  The  movement  between  theorizing  and  data  collection  is  reflected  

in   the   shift   that  our   research   topic  has  gone   through  over   course  of  our   research.  We  

started  out  by  looking  into  design  attributes  of  an  online  platform  to  assess  how  such  an  

open   innovation   platform   should   be   constructed.  We   soon   came   to   realize   that   there  

were   other   important   underlying   issues   that   would   need   to   be   addressed   prior   to  

Page 15: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  13  

assessing   implementation   and   architectural   attributes   of   the   platform.  We   turned   our  

interest  to  the  notion  of  network  structures-­‐  as  well  as  types  of  scientific  research  (basic  

vs.  applied  scientific  research)  and  its  impact  on  different  types  of  innovation.  We  thus  

experienced   a   slight   shift   in   our   focus   area,   and   began   to   theorize   and   collect   data   to  

further   assess   these   theoretical   constructs   in   the   light   of   a   virtual   community.   Here  

where  we  found  that  current  literature  and  theory  inadequately  address  the  particular  

intersection  of  the  topics  of  network  structures,  innovation  and  virtual  communities.  

Figure  2.1.  Abductive  research  method  

 Source:  Own  model  

As   a   result   of   scant   elaborative   data,   literature   and   theory,   to   explain   this   particular  

topic  of  research,  our  research  design  was  structured  to  encompass  abductive  reasoning.  

Data   are   systematically   collected   and   analysed,   and   re-­‐evaluated   to   allow   the   initial  

theoretical  assumptions  to  evolve  in  the  process  of  further  data  collection  and  analysis  

(Strauss  &  Corbin,  1998).  We  furthermore  re-­‐construct  prevailing  theoretical  constructs  

and  thus  our  identified  hypotheses  according  to  data  collected  –  a  reoccurring  process  of  

movement  between  theorizing  and  conducting  empirical  research  (Wallace,  1971).  This  

approach   is,   furthermore,   in   line   with   the   paradigm   of   social   constructivism,   which  

acknowledges  that  knowledge  is  generated  in  the  context  of  social  interaction  between  

the   interviewer   and   the   interviewee   (Kvale,   1996).   In   light   of   a   social   constructivist  

epistemological   approach   we   primarily   rely   on   heuristic   reasoning   as   guidance  

throughout   the   thesis.   As   opposed   to   logic   reasoning,   heuristic   reasoning   cannot  

demonstrate   the   truth  or   falsity   of   a   theorem;   it   can  merely   augment  or  diminish  our  

confidence  in  a  theorem  (Polya,  1941).  Thus,  while  logic  reasoning  is  objective,  heuristic  

reasoning  is  subjective.  In  turn,  a  heuristic  proof  is  provisional  rather  than  absolute,  and  

it   may   be   completely   reasonable   yet   come   to   change   tomorrow.   Consequently,   our  

Page 16: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  14  

conclusions  are   the  best   that   can  be  obtained   in   the   light  of   an  explorative   case   study  

and  given  the  actual  state  of  our  knowledge.  

2.2.  Data  Collection  To   address   the   identified   research   question   we   have   utilised   both   primary   and  

secondary  sources  of  information,  and  qualitative  and  quantitative  research  methods.    

Secondary   sources  of   information  play  an   important   role   in   the   forming  of   this   thesis,  

and   the   MIB4  curriculum   has   inspired   us   in   structuring   our   research.   We   take   a  

multidisciplinary  approach  to  the  literature  that  is  assessed  and  employed,  such  to  cover  

cognitive  economics,  sociology  as  well  as  innovation-­‐  and  network  theory,  and  literature  

on  Information  and  Communication  Technology  and  virtual  communities.  Across  these  

topics  we  emphasise  and  elaborate  upon  a  selected  group  of  theoretical  constructs  that  

we  find  useful  in  highlighting  essential  elements  of  our  research.    

2.2.1.  Qualitative  research  methods  Qualitative   data   collected   and   applied   in   this   thesis   are   gathered   through   interviews.  

The  purpose  with  qualitative  research   interviews   is   to  examine   the  perceptions  of   the  

world  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  interviewee  and  thus  to  comprehend  the  meaning  of  

their  experiences  of  a  given  subject  (Kvale,  1996).  Opponents  of  the  qualitative  method  

argue  that  research  interviews  may  not  lead  to  objective  information  (Kvale,  1996).  But  

this  can  be  partly  explained  by  the  ontological  point  of  view  of  these  researchers.  They  

will  predominantly  be  represented  within  the  positivistic  paradigm,  and  therefore  claim  

that  quantitative  methods  are   the  only  viable  and  scientifically  sound  methods   (Kvale,  

1996).  The  ontological  point  of  departure  for  this  thesis  is  that  of  social  constructivism  

and   we   thus   understand   that   interviews   will   never   represent   the   definitive   truth;  

information  of  an  objective  nature  is  not  possible  to  achieve,  neither  is  it  the  aim  of  our  

research  method.  

Interviews  The  objective  of   this  section   is   to  shed   light  upon  the  type  and  structure  of   interviews  

conducted.  We  have  primarily  relied  on  in-­‐depth  semi-­‐structured  interviews  (approx.  1-­‐

2  hours  per  interview),  as  such  interviews  are  of  value  for  seeking  new  insights  to  a  given  

issue   (Saunders   et   al.,   2007).   Inspired   by  McCurdy   et   al.   (2005)  we   have   commenced  

                                                                                                               4  MIB:  ‘Management  of  Innovation  and  Business  Development’,  a  M.Sc.  degree  program  at  CBS  

Page 17: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  15  

interviews  by  asking  grand  tour  questions  based  on  a  range  of  topics  that  we  sat  out  to  

identify.  These  allow  the  informant  to  describe  a  ‘regular  day  at  the  office’  and  gives  the  

researcher  an  idea  of  what  the  informant  perceives  to  be  the  most  important  to  stress;  a  

valuable  technique  that  avoids  imposing  interviewer  bias.  Subsequent  questions  such  as  

mini-­‐tours-­‐  and  story  question  methods  have  built  upon  preceding  questions,  to  ensure  

that  we  gain  the  perspective  of  the  informant  (Ibid.).    

In  exploring  our  research  question  we  identified  four  overall  focus  areas  that  we  sat  out  

to  address  through  out  our  research  and  interviews.    

1. Open  innovation  in  the  context  of  Novozymes.  The  initial  interviews  conducted  with  key  

employees   at  NZ,   took  a  predominant   focus   in  understanding  what   is  meant  with  open  

innovation  at  NZ  and  which  relation  it  has  to  company  core  values.  

2. Novozymes  R&D  Organization.  The  focus  here  is  to  gain  an  understanding  of  the  current  

research   processes   at   NZ’   R&D   organization,   their   current   model   of   innovation   and  

advantages  and  challenges  that  the  current  structure  exhibits.  

3. Characteristics   of   enzyme   research.   The   aim   is   to   understand   how   enzyme   research   is  

carried  out,  how  scientists  interact  with  other  scientists  and  what  types  of  information  is  

discussed  or  shared.  

4. Online   interaction   and   the   potential   of   a   virtual   community   set-­‐up.   We   address   the  

potential  utility  of  a  virtual  community  set  up   in   the  context  of  enzyme  research  where  

we  discuss  opportunities  and  disadvantages  of  a  virtual  community  set  up.    

Interviewee  group  Table   2.1   provide   an   interview   summary   of   all   interviews   conducted   as   well   as   an  

indication   of   which   focus   area   that   each   interviewee   has   contributed   to.   Interviews  

conducted   have   been   divided   up   into   two   categories:   1.   Internal,   (NZ   employees)  

including:   biotechnology   engineers,   enzyme   researchers   and   employees   from   the  

innovation   office,  marketing,   sales   excellence,   customer   solutions,   corporate   branding  

and   business   development.   2.   External   (enzyme   researchers   and   innovation  

management  specialists)  including:  bachelor-­‐  master-­‐,  Ph.D.  level  engineering  students,  

and  innovation  managers  and  professors.  The  column  named  Company  indicates  which  

company  the  interviewee  is  from,  and  in  the  case  of  NZ,  2C  Novozymes  refers  to  the  R&D  

Organization,  whereas  8X  Novozymes  refers  to  the  HQ  departments  at  NZ.  

 

Page 18: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  16  

Table  2.1:  Interviewee  List  Internal  

    Name:   Position:   Company:   Initials  Area  of  In-­‐  vestigation  

1   2   3   4  

1   Thomas  Lykke  Sørensen  

Front  End  Champion   2C,  Novozymes   TLS                  

2   Thomas  Rasmussen  Business  Development  Manager  

8X,  Novozymes   TRMU                  

3   Jesper  Duus  Nielsen   Senior  Department  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   JDUN                  

4   Erik  Gromsen   Vice  President   2C,  Novozymes   ERG                  

5   Martin  Simon  Borcher   Senior  Department  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   MTBO                  

6   Carsten  Lauridsen   Project  Director   2C,  Novozymes   CLAU                  

7   Sune  Sauer  Lobedanz   Senior  Department  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   SULO  

               8   Mads  Bjørnvad   Senior  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   MAEB                  9   Martin  Barfoed   Director   2C,  Novozymes   MAB                  

10   Henriette  Draborg   Innovation  Platform  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   HDRA                  

11   Henrik  Lund   Senior  Department  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   HLU                  

12   Torben  Bochlet   Senior  Director   2C,  Novozymes   TVB                  

13   Henrik  Bisgård-­‐Frantzen   Senior  Director   2C,  Novozymes   HBF  

               

14   Thomas  Lenhard   Senior  Department  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   TLHD                  

15   Sara  Landvik   Senior  Scientist   2C,  Novozymes   SALK                  

16   Steen  Krogsgaard   Senior  Department  Manager   2C,  Novozymes   STKH                  

17   Espen  Friis   Protein  Engineering   2C,  Novozymes   EPF                  

18   Jesper  Frederiksen   Corporate  Brand  Manager   8X,  Novozymes   JFRE                  

19   Mads  Madsen  Corporate  Positioning,  Head  of  Branding  

8X,  Novozymes   MSMS                  

20   Lars  Christian  Hansen   President,  Novozymes  Europe   8X,  Novozymes   LACH  

               

21   Anett  Lund-­‐Nielsen  Colstrup  

Head  of  Sales  Excellence   8X,  Novozymes   ALN  

               

22   Anders  Ohmann   Global  Customer  Solutions  Director   8X,  Novozymes   AOH  

               

23   Sebastian  Søderberg  Business  Development  and  Marketing  Director  

8X,  Novozymes   SESQ                  

24   Kristian  Ebbensgaard  New  Business  Development  Director  

8X,  Novozymes   KEBB                  

25   Anders  Lund   Senior  Director  Marketing   8X,  Novozymes   ALUN                  

26   Peter  Stenbak     Executive  Assistant  to  CEO   8X,  Novozymes   PSTB                  

Page 19: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  17  

External  

    Name:   Position:   Company:   Initials  Area  of  In-­‐  vestigation  

1   2   3   4  

27   Jovita  Ivanaviciute   Global  Research  &  Innovation   Vestas   JIV  

               28   Anders  Bech  Bruntse   M.Sc  Student   DTU   Bruntse                  

29   Jakob  Skjold-­‐Jørgensen   M.Sc.  Student   KU   Skjold                  

30   Rasmus  Marvig   Ph.D.  Student     DTU   Marvig                  31   Hans  Genee   M.Sc.  Student   DTU   Genee                  32   Johan  Fuller   CEO   HYVE   Fuller                  33   Peter  Kragh   Innovation  Manager   Coloplast   Kragh                  34   Jacob  Bøtter   Partner,  Author   Wemind   Bøtter                  

35   Lars  Bo  Jeppesen   Professor  Università  Commerciale  Luigi  Bocconi    

Jeppesen                  

 

2.2.2.  Method  of  verification  

Qualitative  data  comprise  the  majority  of  our  data  input,  and  our  research  approach  is  

built   to  overcome  the  inherent  drawbacks  of  qualitative  methods.  We  recognize  that   it  

can  be  difficult  to  determine  the  number  of   interviews  needed  to  validate  findings,  yet  

we   draw   upon   the   concept   of   triangulation5  in   achieving   consistency   of   inputs   from  

informants.   I.e.  we  investigate  the  extent  to  which  information  given  by  one  informant  

does  in  fact  provide  a  realistic  picture  of  the  situation.  Thus  multiple  sources  of  data  is  

utilised  to  crosscheck  the  information  provided  by  informants  internally  at  Novozymes  

and   external   to   the   company.   Furthermore,  we   consult   informants   after   interviews   to  

check   whether   he/she   agrees   with   our   interpretations   and   if   conclusions   made  

represent  his/her  explanations.  The  objective  of  applying  the  method  of  triangulation  is  

to   increase  both  the  validity,   i.e.  checking  for  causality;  and  reliability,   i.e.  checking   for  

observer  bias   (Saunders  et  al.,  2007).  Through  applying   these  methods  of  verification,  

we   experienced   that   interviewees   were   content   with   the   conclusions   and  

interpretations   that   had   been   made.   And   in   circumstances   where   a   divergence   was  

found,   we  were   able   to   elaborate   and   discuss   findings   with   the   interviewee   to   reach  

mutual  understanding  of  our  interpretations.    

                                                                                                               5  Triangulation  refers  to  the  use  of  two  or  more  independent  sources  of  data  or  data  collection  within  one  study  in  order  to  ensure  that  the  data  is  telling  you  what  you  think  it  is  telling  you,  i.e.  ensuring  validity  (Saunders  et  al.,  2007:614)  

Page 20: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  18  

2.2.3.  Quantitative  research  method  

The   aim   of   this   thesis   is   to   explore   how   a   virtual   community   can   act   as   brokerage  

function  and  to  facilitate  external  knowledge  sourcing.  We  are  analysing  the  potential  of  

a  hypothetical  virtual  community,  thus  qualitative  data  pertaining  to  records  of  an  actual  

case  does  not  exists.    Quantitative  data  has   in   this  paper  has  been  gathered   through  a  

structured   online   questionnaire   (appendix   2   for   online   questionnaire).   The  

questionnaire  is  formulated  on  the  basis  of  what  we  learned  during  our  interviews  and  

the   survey   was   sent   out   to   approximately   100   people,   where   we   have   received   42  

responses.  As  we  draw  on   the   social   constructivist  paradigm,  our   aim  with   the  online  

survey   has   been   to   gain  more   generalizable   and   comparable   insights   with   regards   to  

utility  of  a  virtual  community  in  the  context  of  science-­‐based  firms  who  seek  to  explore  

external   sources   of   knowledge.   The   responses   given   through   the   online   survey   are  

applied   in   part   II   of   the   analysis   where   we   explore   how   a   virtual   community   can   be  

understood  as  a  platform  for  external  knowledge  sourcing.    

2.3.  Critique  of  methodology  

2.3.2.  Limitations  The   key   objective   in   this   paper   is   to   shed   light   on   the   phenomenon   of   virtual  

communities  as  a  tool  for  science  based  firms  to  expand  their  exploratory  scope.  Given  

the  nature  of  our  case,  we  are  not  able  to  analyse  an  actual  virtual  community  and  the  

results   and   implications   of   such.   In   that   respect   we   are   to   a   limited   to   a   prospective  

research  approach,  where  we  by  means  of  empirical  data  and  theory  aim  to  anticipate  

future  outcomes.  As  such,  we  cannot  make  use  of   the  benefits  of  a  retrospective  study  

that  looks  backwards  and  examines  the  actual  outcome  of  a  given  phenomenon  at  work.  

Moreover,   we   seek   to   identify   the   potential   utility   of   virtual   communities   in   a   new  

context   where   this   phenomenon   has   not   yet   been   studied   (to   our   knowledge),   and  

acknowledge  that  our  subsequent  concluding  remarks  are  to  a  certain  extent  speculative.    

Yet,  there  are  a  number  of  methodological  benefits  from  taking  a  prospective  case  study  

approach   that  we  wish   to  highlight.  One   issue  with   the  post  hoc,  or  retrospective  case  

study  approach  is  that  the  awareness  of  the  outcomes  of  the  case  gives  the  researcher  a  

temptation  to  “cherry-­‐pick”  a  case  that  supports  a  given  hypothesis  or  theoretical  claim  

and   leave   out   propositions   and   factual   data   that   does   not   fit   with   the   author’s   plan  

(Bitekhtine,  2007).  As  mentioned,  hypothesizing  in  this  paper  has  taken  place  over  the  

Page 21: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  19  

course  of  the  research  process  and  is  thus  less  contaminated  by  such  bias.  Nonetheless,  

we  as  authors  of   this  paper  are  certainly  not   free   from  bias.  The   leading  hypothesis  of  

this   paper   is   that   virtual   communities   indeed   exhibit   opportunities   for   science   based  

firms  to  engage  in  external  knowledge  sourcing,  hence  our  preconceived  ideas  regarding  

the  utility  of  virtual  communities  in  this  context  has  played  a  role  during  the  formation  

of  the  paper  at  hand.    

We   recognize   the   limitations   of   single-­‐   case   study,  where   a  multiple   case   study   could  

provide  more  generalizable  results.  Nevertheless,  we  believe  that  as  the  first  study  of  its  

kind,   it   is   important   to   promote   depth   over   scope   in   order   to   unravel   the   underlying  

mechanisms   in  place.  Moreover,  much  of   the   input  used   to  delineate  a   set  of   enabling  

properties  of  VCs   for  acting  as  a  vehicle   for  external  knowledge  sourcing  are  based  on  

inference  from  existing  literature  and  casework  on  the  use  of  VCs  in  related  contexts.    

In  taking  an  exploratory  approach    our  empiric  input  plays  an  important  role  in  opening  

up   for   further   questions   to   be   considered.   In   identifying   interviewees   as   well   as  

respondents   in  our  online  survey,  we  have  used  a  method  of  pyramiding.   I.e.  we  have  

identified   appropriate   interviewee   candidates   in   a   sequential   fashion   based   upon  

recommendations   from  our  preliminary   round  of   interviews.  We   recognize   the   risk  of  

interviewee   and   respondent   bias,   however   we   wish   to   assert   that   random   selection  

would  not  have  been  viable  in  this  study,  given  that  extensive  knowledge  of  the  subject  

matter   was   deemed   a   prerequisite   to   receive   qualified   answers.   Furthermore,   we  

understand  that  even  with  the  method  of  random  selection,  fully  unbiased  responses  are  

not  completely  achievable.  

Finally,   Novozymes   is   known   as   the   world   leader   of   enzyme   technology   and   as   a  

company   that   has   the   capital   to   make   investments   in   projects,   as   one   interviewee  

mentioned,   “I  don’t   think  any   top-­‐level  manager  at  NZ  has   felt   that  he  didn’t  have   the   funds   to  

engage  in  a  project  of  need  or  interest”  (TRMU,  2011).  There  is  thus  a  great  deal  of  prestige  

from   being   associated  with   NZ,   and  many   students   from   engineering   universities   see  

great   opportunities   in   working   there.   Although   interview   contacts  made  with  master  

degree   and   Ph.D.   level   students   where   initiated   by   ourselves,   the   informants   became  

aware   of   the   sponsor   behind   the   project,   namely   NZ,   through   the   course   of   the  

discussion.   Consequently   this   can   have   an   impact   on   the   data   gathered   through   the  

interviews   and   online   questionnaire   resulting   in   biased   responses.   For   the   interviews  

Page 22: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  20  

conducted   internally   at   NZ,   the   initial   contacts   for   the   first   round   of   interviews   was  

made   through   the   project   group   at   NZ,   and   thereby   had   an   impact   on   the   responses  

given.   This   can   all   have   had   a   limiting   impact   on   the   information   given,   however,  we  

have  to  the  extent  possible  focused  on  interview  verification  methods  and  been  aware  of  

the  potential  bias  while  evaluating  data  for  the  analysis.    

2.3.3.  Reliability  Reliability  refers  to  whether  the  data  collection  methods  yield  consistent  findings.  Three  

areas  are  emphasised  here:  firstly,  if  measures  taken  will  yield  the  same  results  on  other  

occasions,   secondly,   if   similar   observations   could   be   reached   by   others,   and   lastly,   if  

there  is  transparency  in  how  sense  was  made  from  the  raw  data  (Saunders  et  al.,  2007).  

Throughout  our  research  we   therefore  pay  attention   to   the   three   threats  of   reliability,  

namely   time   error,   subject   error   and   observer   influence   (Wilson,   2010).   We   have  

gathered   data   over   the   course   of   nine   months   and   conducted   interviews   in   rounds,  

ensuring  reliability  of  answers  of  respondents,  and  to  provide  us  with  an  awareness  of  

the  changing  contexts  related  to  the  case.  This  inherently  increases  our  chance  to  reduce  

threats   of   time   error   and   subject   error.   With   regards   to   observer   influence   we   have  

focused  on  introducing  ourselves  as  Master  Degree  students  from  Copenhagen  Business  

School,   and   emphasized   that   the   objective   of   our   research   has   no   risk   of   harming  

respondents’   professional   standing.   Nevertheless,   we   recognize   that   we   cannot  

guarantee  that  we  have  successfully  overcome  the  three  threats  of  reliability.    

2.3.4.  Validity  Validity  refers  to  the  extent  that  the  methodological  approach  allows  the  researcher  to  

investigate  the  problem  at  hand,  and  is  concerned  with  the  level  of  truth  in  the  data  with  

regards  to  the  specific  problem  (Kvale,  1996).  Yin  (2003)  emphasizes  the  importance  of  

constructing   validity,   both   in   the   research   design   itself,   as   well   as   during   the   data  

collection  process.  Yin  points  out  that  this  may  be  especially  important  to  stress  in  a  case  

study   research,   as   people   often   criticize   case   study   researchers   for   using   ‘subjective’  

judgments   during   data   collection.   In   order   to   increase   construct   validity,   he   suggests  

three  tactics:  multiple  sources  of  evidence,  chain  of  evidence,  review  by  key  informants  

(Yin,  2003).  

Page 23: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  21  

In   order   to   fully   grasp   the   context   that   we   are   researching,   we   have   tried   to   utilize  

multiple  sources  of  evidence   to  help  build  and  substantiate  our  findings.  We  draw  upon  

qualitative   both   quantitative   research   methods   where   we   use   interviews,   and   online  

survey   as  well   as   literature   and   theory   as   sources   of   input.   Furthermore,  we   take   an  

interdisciplinary   approach   to   provide   a   more   nuanced   assessment   of   the   problem   at  

hand.  While  we  recognize  that  there  is  trade-­‐off  of  depth  and  scope  we  have  favoured  a  

broad  perspective  over  a  narrow  with  regards  to  the  literature  that  we  draw  upon.    The  

research  process  in  this  paper  can  be  characterised  as  an  incremental  chain  of  evidence  

build-­‐up,   where   our   hypotheses   undergo   modifications   throughout   the   process.  

Together  with  key  contacts  at  NZ  (TLS  &  TRMU),  we  identified  an  overall  assumption  of  

a  positive  causal  relationship  between  the  notion  of  distant  sources  of  knowledge  inputs  

and   innovative  capacity   for  NZ.  We   find  support   for   this  claim  by  combining  network-­‐  

and   combinatorial   innovation   theory   that   allows   us   to   understand   the   importance   of  

distant   search   and   the   potential   value   that   lies   in   networks   beyond   the   reach   of   the  

organisation.   Hence,   through   our   interviews   we   have   aimed   to   focus   on   a   variety   of  

topics   as   to   cover   virtual   communities,   combinatorial   nature   of   innovations   and  

structural   holes.   Lastly,   in   the   previous   section   on   qualitative   research   method,   we  

addressed  how  we  have  arranged  for  review  by  key  informants  throughout  the  interview  

process  by  allowing  respondents  comment  on  their  input.    

2.3.5.  Generalizability  

Generalizability   is   the   degree   to   which   findings   can   be   applicable   to   other   research  

settings,  also  referred  to  as  external  validity  (Saunders  et  al.,  2007).  External  validity  is  

more  difficult  to  attain  in  a  single-­‐case  study  (Yin,  2003),  however,  as  suggested  by  Stake  

(2003),  a  better  understanding  of  a  single  case  could  lead  to  a  better  theorizing  about  a  

still   larger   collection   of   cases.   The   degree   of   generalizability   of   findings   is   elaborated  

upon   the   in   the   discussion   and   future   perspectives   section   (section   7)   following   the  

analysis  and  concluding  remarks.  

2.4  Delimitations  Delimitations  define  and  narrow  the  scope  of  the  study  in  question,  and  here  we  present  

exclusionary  and  inclusionary  decisions  that  have  been  made  throughout  the  thesis.    

Page 24: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  22  

• The   case   analysis   is   anchored   in   the   R&D   organisation   at   NZ,   meaning   that  

research   is   conducted   with   focus   on   the   structure   and   processes   that   reside  

within  R&D.  We  will  therefore  not  assess  or  include  how  other  functions  present  

at  Novozymes  that  could  provide  support  for  external  knowledge  sourcing  or  act  

to  enhance  of  innovative  capacity,  such  as  marketing-­‐  and  business  development  

departments  etc.    

• The   social   structure   of   networks   theory   discusses   both   community-­‐   and  

individual   dimensions   of   networks.   We   are   particularly   interested   in   the  

underlying   notions   of   the   theory   and   the   effect   networks,   structural   holes   and  

bridging  has  on  innovation.  Thus  we  omit  from  distinguishing  the  community-­‐  vs.  

individual  dimension  level  network  structures.  

• We  take  a  particular  interest  in  assessing  the  potential  of  a  science-­‐based  virtual  

community   for   researchers   that   is   initiated   by   a   B-­‐2-­‐B   firm.   The   analysis   will  

therefore  not  encompass  other  forms  of  virtual  communities  often  employed  by  

B-­‐2-­‐C  companies  such  as  lead-­‐user-­‐  or  challenge-­‐based  communities.    

Further  delimitations  that  are  of  interest  for  the  research  scope  will  be  elaborated  upon  

in  Literature  Review  and  Research  Gap  (section  3).  

2.5.  Central  Concepts  A  number  of  concepts  are  employed  throughout  this  thesis.  Many  concepts  are  adopted  

from   prevailing   theory   and   literature   and   have   been   outlined   in   the   subsequent  

literature   review   and   theoretical   discussion   sections.   Nevertheless,   we   develop   and  

make  use  of  several  terms  and  concepts  that  we  wish  to  describe  here  in  more  detail.    

Technological  vs.  organisational  innovation  We  acknowledge  that  is  there  is  a  distinction  between  technological  and  organisational  

innovation.   The   former   relates   to   how   firms   commercialise   new   technological  

knowledge  and  ideas  that  result  in  new  products  or  processes,  while  the  latter  referrers  

to   changes   to  organisational   structures   and  administrative  processes   (Poole  &  Van  de  

Ven,  1989).  We  draw  on  both  of  these  definitions  as  we  address  both  the  impact  that  a  

VC   as   on   the   organizational   design   of   our   case   company,   as   well   as   capacity   for  

producing   commercial   innovations   in   the   light   of   exploitative-­‐   and   explorative   R&D  

strategies.    

Page 25: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  23  

Innovative  capacity  The   concept   of   innovative   capacity   provides   a   way   to   understand   and   measure  

fundamental  aspects  of  the  ability  of  a  firm  to  research  and  produce  innovation.  While  

we   do   not   set   out   to   measure   innovative   capacity,   the   term   is   used   to   denote   the  

aptitude   of   a   firm   (in   our   case  Novozymes)   for   producing   innovation   by  means   of   its  

R&D   efforts.   In   behavioural   science   literature  we   find   evidence   of   use   of   the   term   in  

addressing  how  innovative  capacity  often  is  obtained  through  networks.  In  other  words,  

networks   can   increase   the   innovative   capacity   of   experimental   firms   by   helping   them  

secure   advantages   that   they   would   not   be   able   to   obtain   on   their   own   (Suarez-­‐Villa,  

1990).   This   paper   echoes   this   view   of   networks   and   innovation,   and   recognizes   the  

importance  of  networks  to  ensure  innovative  capacity.    

Incremental  vs.  radical  innovation  Incremental  innovation  can  be  understood  as  the  continuous  learning  and  development  

of  existing  technology,  whereas  radical  innovation  can  be  understood  as  the  exploration  

of   new   technology   that   departs   from   existing   practices   and   structures   (Orlikowski,  

1991).  The  view  taken  on  incremental  and  radical  innovation  in  this  thesis  is  not  to  be  

understood   as   separate   categories   but   rather   as   placed   on   either   end   of   a   continuum  

representing  the  degree  to  which  new  knowledge  (novel  combinations)  is  embedded  in  

an  innovation  (Ibid.).    

External  knowledge  sourcing  We  use  the  notion  of  external  knowledge  sourcing  in  defining  our  research  question.  In  

the   literature   we   find   that   external   knowledge   sourcing   is   said   to   be   crucial   for  

innovation   processes,   and   has   been   defined   as   the   ability   of   a   firm   to   recognize,  

assimilate  and  transform  knowledge  available  from  dispersed  external  sources  such  as  

customers,   suppliers,   other   firms,   universities,   online   communities,   and   industrial  

designers  is  (von  Hippel,  1988;  Chesbrough,  2003).  We  define  this  concept  as  the  ability  

of  a  firm  to  expand  and  replenish  its  knowledge  base  by  means  of  sources  of  knowledge  

residing  external  to  the  organization.  

Virtual  Innovation  Broker  The  virtual  innovation  broker  (VIB)  is  a  concept  used  to  denote  the  capacity  of  a  virtual  

community   to   act   as   a   mechanism   for   bridging   structural   holes.   This   concept   is  

introduced  in  more  detail  in  the  forthcoming  theoretical  discussion  and  analysis  part  II.    

Page 26: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  24  

Discipline  Throughout   this   thesis   the   term  discipline   is   thoroughly  utilized.   In   the  context  of  our  

thesis  a  discipline  is  used  to  denote  a  particular  branch  of  scientific  knowledge  or  field  of  

study.  Subsequently,  cross-­‐disciplinary  work  involves  two  or  more  disciplines.    

Science-­‐based  firm  Throughout   this   thesis  we  use  the  term  science-­‐based   firm  to   indicate  a  company  that  

uses  scientific  research  as  its  main  input  for  R&D  and  technological  innovation.    

Ambidextrous  Innovation  We  use  the  notion  of  ambidextrous  innovation  to  highlight  the  ability  of  a  firm  to  carry  

out  both  exploitative  and  explorative  innovation  strategies  concurrently.  

3.  Literature  Review    The   literature   review   section   is   aimed   at   identifying   a   research   gap   in   the   current  

literature   in  which  the  present  paper  aims  to  make  a  contribution.  We  have  set  out   to  

investigate   the  notion   of   a   virtual   community   as   a  mechanism   for   facilitating   external  

knowledge   sourcing   for   science-­‐based   firms.   In   this   effort  we   review   literature  on   the  

topics   of   Information   and   Communication   Technology   (ICT)   and   Virtual   Communities  

(VCs)   to   determine   to   what   extent   contributions   in   the   field   have   addressed   our  

particular   topic  of   research.    On   the  one  hand,   the   literature  review  outlined  here   is  a  

summary   in   that  we   revise   extant   literature  within   the   field   to   familiarize   the   reader  

with  what  has  been  written  on  the  topic,  and  to  identify  a  gap  in  which  to  position  the  

present  paper.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  just  as  much  a  synthesis  by  way  of  re-­‐organizing  

previous  findings  and  claims  from  extant  literature,  to  give  way  for  new  interpretations  

that   can   shed   light   on   the   phenomenon   under   scrutiny.  We   aim   to   pinpoint   that   the  

phenomenon   of   VCs   -­‐   understood   as   a   mechanism   for   firms   to   engage   in   unguided  

search   for   scientific   input   to   R&D   in   the   external   research   environment   -­‐   has   been  

largely   understudied,   in   particularly   through   the   lens   of   cognitive   economics   and  

innovation   and   network   theory.   First,   we   position   our   paper   in   the   field   of   cognitive  

economics,   and   thereafter   move   on   to   revise   literature   regarding   the   utility   of  

incorporating   VCs   to   promote   organizational   learning.   We   find   that   extant   literature  

inadequately  has  addressed  how  science-­‐based  R&D-­‐intensive  firms  with  a  strong  B-­‐2-­‐B  

Page 27: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  25  

orientation  can  utilize  VCs  as  a  mechanism  for  unguided  search  as  a  means  for  external  

knowledge  sourcing.    

3.1.  Cognitive  Economics  A   cognitive   approach   to   understanding   human   activities   in   the   economic   arena   has  

become   a   fundamental   area   of   inquiry.   The   field   of   cognitive   economics   is   developing  

into   a   discipline   which   is   bearing   a   new   theory   of   human   behaviour   in   economics,  

strongly   rooted   into   a   cognitive   approach   to   human   action   (Egidi   &   Rizzello,   2003).  

Cognitive   economics   can   be   defined   as   “…the  study  of   reasoning  operations  and  adaptation  

processes  implemented  by  economic  agents  in  their  interactions”  (Walliser,  2001:3).  We  adopt  

the  cognitive  approach  to  economics  given  the  notion  that   the   “...choices  people  make  are  

determined  not  only  by  some  consistent  overall  goal  and  the  properties  of  the  external  world,  but  

also  by  the  knowledge  that  decision-­‐makers  do  and  don’t  have  of  the  world,  their  ability  or  inability  

to  evoke  that  knowledge  when  it  is  relevant…”  (Simon,  2000:25).  Along  the  lines  of  cognitive  

economics   we   take   a   multidisciplinary   approach   to   our   study   and   concede   that   the  

context  in  which  our  research  takes  place  is  characterized  by  structural  uncertainty6.  In  

this   particular   paper,   the   notion   of   search   for   scientific   knowledge   in   human  problem  

solving  is  a  central  topic,  and  the  conception  of  innovation  lies  at  heart  of  our  research.  

March  and  Levintahl  (1993)  point  out  that  firms  often  find  themselves  in  cognitive  traps  

in  which  a  strong  focus  on  success  may  induce  them  to  persist  excessively  in  the  use  of  

procedures  and  actions  associated  with  success  in  the  past.  This  tends  to  anchor  firms  in  

exploitative   sub-­‐optimal   routinized   strategies   to   the   detriment   of   research   and  

innovation  (Ibid.).  The  central  area  of   interest  in  this  paper  is  to  investigate  how  firms  

can  avoid,  or  escape,  such  cognitive  traps.  Our  focus  is  mainly  to  explore  the  hypothesis  

that   a   virtual   community   can   act   as   vehicle   for   exploration   and   external   knowledge  

sourcing   and   subsequently   relieve   firms   of   such   ‘traps’.   We   study   the   underlying  

processes  of  a  particular  firm’s  (NZ’)  R&D  activities  and  its  current  innovation  model  to  

find  that  it  is  to  a  certain  degree  trapped  in  sub-­‐optimal  exploitative  strategic  routines.  

We   further   draw   on   literature   in   sociology,   and   on   the   notions   of   combinatorial  

innovation   and   network   theory,   in   order   to   establish   that   the   external   knowledge  

sources  hold  opportunities  for  enhancing  the  innovative  capacity  of  our  case  company.  

What   is   of   particular   interest   here,   are   mechanisms   for   getting   access   to   unexplored  

                                                                                                               6  Structural  uncertainty:  Probability  of  the  occurrence  of  an  unanticipated  event  due  to  a  particular  configuration  of  a  system  such  as  an  economy,  market  or  organization  (businessdictionary.com)  

Page 28: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  26  

pools  of  knowledge,  and  we  have  chosen  to  pay  specific  attention  to  the  role  of  virtual  

communities   understood   as   an   ‘enabling   space’   or   ‘bridge’   between   a   firm   and   its  

external  environment.    

There   are   intense   academic   debates   both   regarding  more   ‘open’   innovation   activities,  

combinatorial   innovation,   structural   holes   theory   and   around   the   exploitation-­‐

exploration   dichotomy,   however   very   few   scholars   have   combined   these   streams   of  

literature  (one  exception  is  found  in  Danzinger  &  Dumbach,  2008).  We  suggest  that  an  

integrated   approach   can   enrich   theory   and   the   workability   of   these   concepts,   and   in  

particular   shed   new   light   on   the   phenomenon   of   virtual   communities.     We   revise  

literature  and  theory  on  VCs  to  determine  where  in  the  literature  our  paper  fits.    

3.2.  Brief  history  of  ICT  and  the  Internet    The   IT   era   started   in   1971   and   transformed   society   mainly   by   spurring   radical  

improvements   in  computation  capacity  (see  Mores   law7)  (Jovanovic  &  Roussea,  2005).  

IT  has  given  rise  to  a  successive  wave  of  new  technologies  including  the  semi-­‐conductor,  

and   most   notably   the   Internet.   While   the   semi-­‐conductor   can   be   thought   of   as  

computational   extrapolation  of   IT,   the   Internet   can  be   viewed  as   the  communicational  

arm   of   IT.   Since   the   late   1990s   the   notion   of   ICT8  (information   and   communication  

technology)   is   often   used   to   denote   these   two   facets   of   IT,   and   in   this   paper   we  

predominantly   take   an   interest   in   the   communicational   externalities   of   IT;   henceforth  

we  employ  the  term  ICT.    

Since   the   early   days   of   the   Internet   era,   sceptics   and   traditionalists   have   ascribed   a  

number  of   risks   to   the  phenomenon  of   the   Internet.   It   has  been   said   to  be  potentially  

detrimental  for  the  traditional  sense  of  in-­‐real-­‐world  (IRL)  social  relationships  (Dreyfus,  

2001).  Online  social  relationships  have  been  described  to  be  less  profound,  valuable  and  

durable  than  offline  relationships,  and  that  such  communication  is  often  less  expressive  

and   authentic   than   face-­‐to-­‐face   (FtF)   communication.   Furthermore,   online  

communication   has   been   feared   to   water   out   human   social   life   dispatching   us   to   the  

realms  of  virtual  worlds   (Ibid).  However,  most   contemporary  research  shows   that   the  

Internet  has  not  alienated  us  from  the  real  world.  On  the  contrary,  the  Internet  has  been                                                                                                                  7 Moore's  law  describes  a  long-­‐term  trend  in  the  history  of  computing  hardware,  i.e.  the  number  of  transistors  that  can  be  placed  on  an  integrated  circuit  doubles  approx.  every  two  years  (Moore,  1965)    8  ICTs  and  the  Internet  are  used  to  address  a  broad  range  of  computer  technologies  including  web  browsing,  email,  chat/instant  messaging,  online  communities,  blogs  etc.    

Page 29: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  27  

shown   to   stimulate   social   and   civic   engagement   and   has   been   said   to   be   the   major  

catalyst  for  globalization  and  the  continued  progress  of  the  human  race  (Song,  2008).  As  

a  matter  of   fact,  people  are  found  to  be  remarkably  resourceful   in  waving  the  Internet  

into   existing   practices   of   everyday  human   life,   and   instead   of   abandoning   prior   social  

practices   people   engage   in  media  multiplicity   –   the   act   of   using   several   mediums   for  

building   and   maintaining   social   relationships   (Wellman   &   Haythornthwaite,   2002;  

Howard  et  al.  2004).  Essentially   the   Internet  has  shrunken   the  world,  yet   significantly  

enlarged  social   life,  by   juxtaposing  remote  actors  online  and  boosting   information  and  

knowledge   sharing.   Yet,   the   literature   around   this   field   is   nascent   and   dispersed,   and  

theorizing-­‐   and   conceptualizing   processes   are   at   work   continuously.   One   of   the  most  

solid  concepts  to  have  emerged  is  that  of  the  virtual  community9.  The  Internet  revolution  

has   evoked   an   unprecedented   proliferation   of   virtual   communities   across   the   web  

(Fernback,   1999;   Hiltz   &  Wellman,   1997).   The   notion   of   VC   is   employed   as   a   central  

concept   in   this  paper   referring   to   an  online   ‘space’  where   reciprocal   interaction   takes  

place  between  individuals  and  groups.    

3.3.  Virtual  Communities  The  concept  of  the  ‘virtual  community’,  first  introduced  by  Rheingold  (1993),  has  today  

become   the   pigeonhole   for   describing   ‘places’   where   social   interaction   takes   place  

virtually  through  some  sort  of  media,  as  opposed  to  in  real  life  (Lavián  &  Guinalíu,  2005).  

While   the   virtual   community   concept   is   as   old   as   the   concept   of   the   Internet,   its  

exponential   growth   began   in   the   late   1990s   due   to   developments   in   ICTs   such   as  

electronic   mail   (e-­‐mail),   chat   rooms   and   instant   message   systems   (Ibid.).   The  

justification   to   this   expansion   is   found   in   the   advantages   generated   by   virtual  

communities.  Computers  send  and  receive  data  across  remotely  located  servers  that,  by  

means   of   a   shared   interface,   facilitate   a   sense   of   belonging,   collective   action   and  

interpersonal  intimacy  for  humans  (Andersen,  2005).  Online,  people  can  experience  the  

benefits   from   communal   life,   while   avoiding   most   of   its   burdens.   An   individual   can  

participate   in   a   public   ‘place’   while   physically   being   in   a   private   place,   and   share  

thoughts  without  running  the  risk  of  immediate  narrow-­‐minded  judgement.  And,  in  case  

conversations   grow   dull   or   relationships   complicated,   a   virtual   community   is   always  

easy  to  leave.    

                                                                                                               9  >  3  million  hits  on  google.com  /  >  50,000  hits  on  scholar.google.com  

Page 30: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  28  

Many  definitions  of   the   concept  of   virtual   community  have  appeared   in   the   literature,  

but  traditionally  this  concept  has  been  defined  from  a  social  point  of  view.  In  Reigngold’s  

definition,  virtual  communities  are  the  “…social  aggregations  that  emerge  from  the  ‘Net’  when  

enough  people  carry  on  those  public  discussions  long  enough,  with  sufficient  human  feeling,  to  form  

webs  of  personal  relationships  in  cyberspace”  (1993:5).  Similarly,  Ridings  et  al.  (2002)  expose  

that   a   VC   is   a   group   of   people   with   a   common   interest   that   interact   regularly   in   an  

organized   way   over   the   Internet.   Following   Besser   online   communities   are   more  

narrowly  defined  as  “groups  of  people  with  a  shared  interest  in  a  hobby,  profession,  or  a  product  

who  get  and  share  ideas  online.  The  sharing  is  done  at  the  convenience  of  the  participant  and  not  

at   a   specific   time   of   the   week   or   month,   and   the   "meetings,"   as   a   result,   tend   to   be   ongoing”  

(2000:159).   It   can   be   inferred   that   one   of   the   main   advantages   of   VCs   is   that   these  

communities  can  overcome  the  space,  time  and  physical  barriers  to  interaction  that  exist  

in   traditional   in-­‐real-­‐life   (IRL)   communities   (Andersen,   2005).     As   such,   virtual  

rendezvous   in   the   form   of   online   groups,   networks   or   communities,   challenge   the  

traditional   notion   of   a   community   understood   as   something   physically   embodied   and  

dependent   on   geographical   proximity   of   interacting   members.   Even   so,   virtual  

communities  encompass  many  of  the  attributes  of  IRL  communities.    Muñiz  and  O’Guinn  

(2001)  point  out  that  virtual  communities  encompass  three  core  components:  

• Consciousness  of  kind:  Refers   to   the   feeling   that  binds  every   individual   to  other  community  

members  and  the  community  brand.    

• Rituals  and  traditions:  Processes  carried  out  by  community  members  who  help  to  reproduce  

and  transmit  the  community  meaning  in  and  out  of  the  community.    

• Sense  of  moral  responsibility:  Reflects  the  feelings  that  create  moral  commitment  among  the  

community  members.    

 While  the  above  highlights  many  of  the  characteristics  of  VCs,  little  is  said  regarding  the  

reason   for   why   individuals   choose   to   engage   in   communities   online.   Hagel   and  

Armstrong  (1997)  point  out  that  virtual  communities  can  help  to  satisfy  three  types  of  

needs:  

• Sharing   resources:   VCs   enable   individuals   to   share   information   on   topics   they   may   be  

interested  in.  

• Establishing  relationships:   In  VCs  we  may   find  people  with   similar  problems,   interests   and  

experiences.  

• Trading:  Some  VCs  also  allow  us  to  carry  out  economical  transactions.  

Page 31: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  29  

While  the  above  list  is  far  from  exhaustive,  the  notion  of  ‘sharing’  is  a  reoccurring  theme  

in   most   definitions,   and   can   be   identified   as   the   substance   of   online   interaction.   In  

determining   how   VCs   can   comprise   a   source   of   external   knowledge,   and   potentially  

enhance  an  organization’s   innovation   capacity,   sharing  of   information,   knowledge  and  

ideas  become  key  components.  The  proliferation  of  online  communities  and  interactive  

places  for  collaboration  hold  the  potential  to  extend  the  scope  of,  and  access  to,  relevant  

knowledge  sources  available  to  an  organization  (Zhang  &  Ackerman,  2005).  Given  that  

VCs   have   enabled   new   dimensions   of   interaction   and   interconnection   among  

individuals,  documents  and  data,  and  have  become  places  for  people  to  seek  and  share  

expertise   (Ibid.),   they   have   proved   to   be   useful   tools   for   firms   in   pursuit   of   new  

expertise   and   knowledge.   However   the   extant   literature   regarding   this   topic   is   quite  

scattered  and  we  find  that  the  above  definitions  and  typologies  are  overly  broad  in  their  

scope  as  they  include  almost  any  kind  of  relationship  that  takes  place  across  the  virtual  

space.  While  they  are  useful  in  providing  a  basic  understanding  of  the  concept,  they  fail  

to   acknowledge   the   diverse   nature   of   how   and   why   a   VC   can   be   useful,   particularly  

taking   a   business   perspective.   For   the   purpose   of   this   thesis   it   becomes   important   to  

differentiate   between   different   kinds   of   online   communities   and   to   consider   the  

objective  that  a  business  may  have  for  facilitating  a  VC.    

3.4.  A  typology  of  virtual  communities  for  external  knowledge  sourcing  The   diversity   of   virtual   communities   (VC)   for   external   knowledge   sourcing   is   quite  

remarkable  and  VCs  are   today   found   to  meet  a  plethora  of  needs  unthinkable   just   ten  

years   ago.   The   utility   of   VCs   for   knowledge   sharing   and   idea   generation   has   been  

illustrated   in   a   large   number   of   studies,   and   by   means   of   identifying   a   set   of   VC  

attributes  we  wish   to   provide   a   comprehensive   overview.   In   turn,   this  will   help   us   to  

better   pinpoint  where   in   the   literature  we   find   our   research   gap.  We   identify   a   set   of  

community  architectures  that  are  fundamentally  different,  yet  all  sharing  the  quality  of  

acting   as   catalysts   for   external   knowledge   sourcing.   We   introduce   a   three-­‐pronged  

typology  of  VCs,  namely:   the  user-­‐driven-­‐,   the  challenge-­‐based-­‐,  and  the  research-­‐driven  

VC.  We   then  pinpoint   that   the   type  of   community   that   this  paper  has   set  out   to   study  

belongs  to  the  third  category.  Finally,  we  highlight   in  which  way  this  study  is  different  

than  other  studies  of  its  kind.    

Page 32: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  30  

In  order  to  develop  a  VC  typology,   inspiration  has  been  drawn  from  Pisano  &  Verganti  

(2008)   and   their   classification  of  modes  of   collaborative   innovation.  While   this   article  

does  not  specifically  address  ‘virtual’  communities,  it  acts  as  a  good  guiding  framework  

for  understanding  different  kinds  of  external  networks  of  innovating  firms.    

Figure  3.1:  Modes  of  external  collaboration    

 Source:  Pisano  &  Verganti  (2008)  

3.4.1.  User-­‐driven  community  

User-­‐,   power-­‐user-­‐   or   lead-­‐user   communities   have   been   recognized   to   support  

innovation  and  product  development  across  a  large  number  of  firms.  Von  Hippel  (2005)  

defined  lead  users  as  users  whose  needs  significantly  anticipate  the  requirements  of  the  

broader  market.  However   lead  users  are  found  to  be  useless  to  companies  unless  they  

find  a  way  to  communicate  and  form  relationships  (Moeini  et  al.,  2006).  The  phenomena  

of  VCs  have  made  the  lead-­‐user  innovation  concept  more  widely  accepted  and  exploited;  

a   number   of   such   successful   VCs   have   seen   the   light   of   day.   As   provided   by   the  

terminology,  ‘user-­‐driven’  suggest  that  it  is  the  users  of  the  final  products  that  take  part  

in  product  development  and  the   innovation  process.  This   type  of  community  has  been  

found   to   be   particularly   useful   for   B-­‐2-­‐C   oriented   firms   (Antikainen,   2011).   Two  

successful   VCs   of   this   kind   include   Coloplast’s   Stoma-­‐innovation   and   Lego’s  

Mindstorms.com.   This   kinds   of   VC   resonates   the   characteristics   of   the     “elite   circle”  

outlined  by  Pisano  and  Verganti  (2008).    

Page 33: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  31  

3.4.2.  Challenged-­‐Based  Community  

The   challenged-­‐based   community   architecture   is   structured   around   pre-­‐defined  

problem  statements  or  challenges  that  might  be  facing  a  particular  firm.  In  the  lingo  of  

Pisano   and   Verganti   (2008)   the   challenged-­‐based   community  would   resemble   that   of  

the  Innovation  Mall.  Examples  of  such  communities  range  from  one-­‐time  product  design  

competitions   to   extensive   expert   networks   solving   complex   puzzles.   E.g.   Henkel  

advertised  an  online  challenge  called  the  Henkel  “Adhesive  Packaging  Design  Contest”10  

where   solvers   from   all   over   the   world   submitted   their   proposals,   and   a   winner   was  

selected  and  rewarded.  Netflix,  the  world’s  largest  online  movie  rental  service  provider,  

hosted   a   challenge   for   developing   a   logarithm   to   improve   its   video   recommendation  

system.   Teams   of   mathematicians,   programmers   and   software   engineers   were   given  

three  years  to  solve  the  challenge  with  a  subsequent  reward  of  US$1  million.  The  most  

renowned   challenged-­‐based   community   is   that   of   Innocentive.com:   an   online  

intermediary  innovation  broker  who  broadcasts  challenges  with  accompanying  rewards  

to  a  vast  network  of  experts  (Lankhani,  2008).  We  have  found  that  both  B-­‐2-­‐C  and  B-­‐2-­‐B  

oriented  firms  utilize  this  kind  of  VC.    

3.4.3.  Research-­‐based  community  In   our   definition,   the   research-­‐based   VC   is   aimed   to   source   knowledge   and   expertise  

from  a  global  network  of  a  broad  mix  of  industry  and  university  scientists,  but  also  other  

individuals   interested   in   the   topics   addressed   by   the   community   ‘owners’/moderator.  

The  overall  goal  is  to  expand  the  innovation  capacity  of  the  firm  who  choses  to  establish  

the   platform.   In   Pisanos  &   Verganti   (2008)   this   community   bears   resemblance   to   the  

Innovation  Community   in   that   anyone  who   is   interested   are  welcomed   to   join   and   the  

‘search’  is  unguided,  i.e.  not  steered  by  means  of  predefined  problems  or  queries.  The  by  

far  most  famous  example  of  a  research-­‐based  community  would  be  that  of  Procter  and  

Gamble’s  (P&G)  Connect  &  Develop  (C&D).  It  was  estimated  that  for  every  P&G  scientist  

there  were  at  least  200  other  scientists  at  least  as  good  elsewhere  in  the  world.    Hence,  

in   2004   the   C&D   innovation  model  was   created.   C&D   is   an   online   initiative   based   on  

global  R&D  network  of   scientists  and  other  professionals  external   to   the  organization,  

who  by  means  of  having  a  clearer  sense  of  consumer  needs,  work   towards   identifying  

promising  ideas  and  products  for  the  world  market  (Huston  &  Sakkab,  2006).    In  2010  

                                                                                                               10  http://www.packdesign-­‐contest.com/start.php  

Page 34: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  32  

more  than  a   thousand  successful  products  had  been   launched  with  the   involvement  of  

external   innovators.   Over   the   years,   research   productivity   has   been   dramatically  

improved   at   P&G   through   reliance   on   a   global   collaboration   platform   with   people  

external  to  the  organization  (P&G  Annual  Report,  2010).      

3.5.  Research  Gap  Virtual  communities  (VC)  can  be  viewed  as  a  relative  new  phenomenon,  dating  back  less  

than   two   decades.   The   literature   around   VCs   is   embryonic   with   loosely   connected  

contributions  sprouting  up  across  disciplines.  Furthermore,  along  with  new  technology  

advancements  in  ICT  the  phenomenon  of  VCs  is  under  constant  development,  making  it  

a  moving  target  thus  difficult  to  study.  By  using  the  typology  outlined  in  below,  we  can  

better  isolate  our  literature  gap.    

Figure  3.2:  Virtual  Community  Typology  

 

 

 

 

We   find   that   existing   literature   and   case   studies   examining   the   utility   of   virtual  

communities   as   catalysts   for   external   knowledge   sourcing   to   be   inadequate.   Our  

literature   gap   is   two-­‐fold,   practical   and   theoretical:   Firstly,   we   find   that   one   of   our  

identified  categories  of  VCs,  namely   the  research-­‐based  VC  as  established   in   the  above,  

has  been  largely  understudied.  Whether  it  takes  the  form  of  academic  papers  and  case  

studies,  we   find   that   contemporary  work   addressing  both  user-­‐driven-­‐   and   challenge-­‐

based  VCs  occur  frequently  in  the  literature  with  a  number  of  illustrative  studies,  while  

science-­‐based   research   focused   communities   are   close   is   lacking.   Moreover,   most  

studies  on  research-­‐based  VCs  relate  to  initiatives  taken  by  B-­‐2-­‐C    oriented  firms,  in  turn  

resulting   in   a   strong   end-­‐consumer   focus.   We   find   that   virtual   solutions   utilized   by  

science-­‐based  firm  with  a  B-­‐2-­‐B  orientation  to  be  particularly  unaddressed.  In  this  light,  

through  investigating  opportunities  of  a  VC  for  our  case  company  Novozymes  (a  B-­‐2-­‐B  

oriented  science-­‐based  firm),  we  add  valuable  insight  to  a  new  dimension  of  use  of  VCs  

not  yet  illuminated.  Secondly,  we  have  not  come  across  any  piece  of  literature  taking  a  

User-­‐driven  VC   Challenged-­‐based  VC   Research-­‐driven  VC  • Lead-­‐user  innovation  • Innovation  of  “use”  • Virtual  customer  environment    

• Broadcasting  • Solutions  seekers  and  solvers  

• Pre-­‐defined  challenges  and  rewards  

• Virtual  research  environment  

• Knowledge  sharing  • Collaboration  • Unguided  Search    

Page 35: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  33  

cognitive   economics   perspective   in   addressing   research-­‐based  VCs,   neither   combining  

the   theoretical   lenses  of   innovation-­‐,  network-­‐  and  ambidexterity   theory   in   this  effort.  

Finally,  we  believe  we  are  first  to  postulate  that  VCs  can  by  means  of  certain  attributes  

overcome   obstacles   of   ambidexterity   and   thereby   ease   the   often   difficult   balance   of  

exploitation  and  exploration.      

In   other   words,   we   find   that   the   current   literature,   by   using   prevailing   concepts   and  

theory,   does   not   sufficiently   address   how   science-­‐based   B-­‐2-­‐B-­‐oriented   firms   can  

facilitate   a   VC   as   part   of   unguided   search   for   new   scientific   knowledge   and   expertise  

with  the  ultimate  goal  to  ambidextrously  enhance  innovative  capacity.  Furthermore,  we  

test  the  use  of  prevailing  theory  and  concepts  in  explaining  the  emerging  phenomenon  

of  VC  and  its  implication  for  external-­‐  search,  knowledge  sourcing  and  collaboration.  It  is  

our  intention  to  elucidate  the  phenomenon  of  the  VC  in  the  given  context.    

4.  Theoretical  Discussion  In  this  paper  we  take  an  exploratory  multidisciplinary  approach,  where  we  draw  upon  

and   combine   literature   from   sociology,   cognitive   economics,   innovation,   and   ICT.  We  

integrate  a  range  of  theoretical  constructs  including:  innovation  theory,  network  theory,  

structural   holes,   search,   social   capital,   ambidexterity   and   virtual   communities.   The  

objective  of  the  theoretical  discussion  is  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  theoretical  

notions  and  the  application  of  these  in  the  analysis.  We  have  structured  the  theoretical  

discussion   into   three   sections:   1)   Combinatorial   innovation;   2)   Networks,   knowledge  

and  structural  holes;  3)  Virtual  communities  and  knowledge  sharing.  On  the  basis  of  our  

theoretical  discussions,  we  wish   to  highlight  key   takeaways  with   the  aim   to  place  our  

thesis   in   the   context   of   these   theoretical   viewpoints,   and   to   build   a   conceptual  

foundation  on  which  the  forthcoming  analysis  will  be  conducted.  Furthermore,  we  wish  

outline  how   theory  will   be   applied   in   the   subsequent   analysis   (section  4.4).  Given   the  

interdisciplinary  nature  our  research  and  the  scope  of  our  thesis,  we  make  reservations  

as   to   how   exhaustive   the   below   theoretical   discussion   is,   provided   that   we   have  

subjectively  chosen  theory  and  concepts.    

4.1.  Combinatorial  Innovation  The  notion  of  combinatorial  innovation  provides  an  underlying  understating  of  how  and  

where   innovations  emerge.   It   is  widely  recognised   that   innovation  spurs   technological  

Page 36: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  34  

advancements  consequently  leading  to  economic  growth  (Fleming  and  Sorensen,  2004,  

McDaniel,  2000,  Klevorick  et  al.  1993,  etc.).  According  to  Schumpeter  (1934),  innovation  

can   be   understood   as   “new   combinations   of   productive  means,”   (in   Varian,   2003:1),   that,  

among   others,   includes   the   introduction   of   a   new   good.   We   know   that   innovation  

involves  a  degree  of  novelty,  however,  what  exactly  is  implied  by  novelty  in  this  context?  

Since   Schumpeter,   the   science   of   ‘innovation’   has   received   the   attention   of   numerous  

scholars  (e.g.  Henderson;  Utterback;  Teece;  Tushman;  Forster;  Christensen),  all  of  which  

helped  define   innovation   (McDaniel,   2000).   The  novelty   of   innovations   can  be   viewed  

upon   as   relative   to   the   overall   technological   frontier,   as   well   as   to   the   previous  

experiences  associated  with  the  adoption  of  an  innovation.  Novelty  thereby  refers  to  the  

application  of  a  known  technology  to  a  new  purpose  (Abernathy  &  Clark,  1985;  Afuah,  

2004;  Fleming  &  Sorensen,  2004).  Afuah  (2004)  further  states  that  an  innovation  can  be  

characterised  as  invention  plus  development  and  commercialization,  ultimately  opening  

up   for   the   recombination   of   existing   technological   components   and   processes   -­‐   a  

combinatorial  approach  towards  innovation  (Fleming  &  Sorensen,  2004).  

Re-­‐combinations  of  technological  components  and  processes  can  take  various  forms  and  

produce  different   results.   Freeman  and  Soete   elaborated  upon   the   impact   innovations  

have,   as   certain   innovations   “…involve  big  changes  and  discontinuities   (‘radical’   innovations)  

and   others   involve  many   small   improvements   (‘incremental’   innovations),”   (1997:21-­‐22).   The  

notion   of   combinatorial   innovation   not   only   refers   to   large   recombinations   of  

components   but   also   that   smaller   alternations   in   fact   can   have   an   impact   on   the  

technological  advancement  that   follows,  as  well  as  by  spanning  way  for  a   transition  of  

what   is   perceived   to   be   possible   and   achievable   (Ibid.).   Clarifying   this   idea,   we   draw  

upon   Fleming   &   Sorensen’s   (2004)   discussion   of   innovation   as   the   novel  

reconfigurations   made   to   a   given   component   or   process,   ultimately   opening   up   for  

technology,   product   or   process   advancement.   In   this   thesis   we   acknowledge   the  

combinatorial  view  on  how  innovations  emerge.    

How   can   we   understand   the   origin   of   combinatorial   innovations?   And   furthermore,  

under   which   circumstances   do   they   arise?   Many   scholars   have   sought   to   provide  

insights   to   this   by   drawing   upon   the   processes   that   support   the   emergence   of  

combinatorial  innovations.  In  the  following,  we  have  identified  a  number  of  theoretical  

constructs   that   we   find   useful   in   highlighting   the   notion   of   combinatorial   innovation,  

Page 37: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  35  

and  how  they  apply   in  the  context  of  our  research.  Here  we  take  point  of  departure   in  

the   concepts   of   the   linear   model   and   the   chain-­‐linked   model   in   highlighting   the  

importance  of  science  in  supporting  innovative  activities  within  science-­‐based  firms.  We  

then  bring  in  the  concepts  of  exploitation  and  exploration,  and  that  of  ambidexterity  to  

assess   the   degree   to   which   NZ   is   in   a   position   to   engage   in   and   incorporate   a   more  

explorative  approach  in  its  aim  to  enhance  innovative  capacity.  

4.1.1.  The  linear-­‐  and  the  chain-­‐linked  model  -­‐  The  role  of  science  and  innovations  Within  the  fields  of  innovation  management  and  organisational  learning,  the  notion  of  a  

strong   link   between   scientific   progress,   technological   change   and   overall   economic  

development   has   been   emphasised   (Bush,   1945;   Furnas,   1948;   Fleming   &   Sorensen,  

2004).   Technological   change   has   furthermore   been   argued   to   have   an   impact   on   the  

competitive   structure   of   many   industries,   where   technological   advancements   have  

driven   the   growth   of   industries.   As   a   result   industry   players   non-­‐responsive   of  

technological   change   and   the   potential   it   holds   are   pushed   out   of   the  market   (Ernst,  

2003).   Bush   (1945)   also   emphasises   that   technological   advancements,   (i.e.   new  

products,   processes,   new   industries,   etc.)   would   not   come   about   if   it   were   not   for   a  

deeper  understanding  and  an  extensive  knowledge-­‐base  of   the   laws  of  nature  and   the  

application   of   such   for   practical   purposes:   “We  will  not  get  ahead  unless  we  offer  new  and  more   attractive   and   cheaper   products…The   answer   is   clear.   There   must   be   a   stream   of   new  

scientific  knowledge  to  turn  the  wheels…”  (Bush,  1945:  chp.3.5).  The  focus  of  Bush’s  (1945)  

statement   is   on   how   to   ensure   economic   development   at   the   societal   level   and   he  

emphasises  the  importance  of  scientific  research  that  is  performed  without  emphasis  on  

practical   or   applied   ends.   This   results   in   general   knowledge   and   an   underlying  

understanding   of   nature   and   its   laws,   ranging   across   scientific   fields   (Bush,   1945;  

Balconi  et  al,  2010).  The  findings  from  conducting  basic  science  are  said  to  substantiate,  

and  feed  into,  applied  scientific  research,  thereby  supporting  the  search  for  a  complete  

solution  that  results  in  a  practical  application  (Ibid).  The  distinction  between  basic  and  

applied  science  is  of   importance  in  understanding  the  contributions  of  each,  as  well  as  

understanding   the   interlocked   relationship   between   the   two.   Bush   emphasises   that  

applied   science   would   eventually   stagnate   if   basic   scientific   research   was   neglected  

(Ibid).  In  context  of  our  thesis  we  find  the  basic-­‐  vs.  applied  science  dichotomy  is  useful  

for   understanding   the   importance   of   facilitating   unguided   search   for   scientific  

opportunities  as  part  of  NZ’  ambition  to  enhance  its  innovative  capacity.    

Page 38: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  36  

Below,  the  linear  model  and  the  chain-­‐linked  model  are  outlined  and  discussed.  We  find  it  

important   to  distinguish   that   the  unit   of   analysis   of   the   two  models   is   quite  different,  

where   the   former   takes   a   societal   level   unit   of   analysis   and   the   latter   takes   the  

organisation.   By   juxtaposing   the   two  models  we   enhance   our   understanding   of   firm’s  

innovation   model.   In   the   context   of   NZ,   we   wish   to   understand   to   which   degree   its  

internal   R&D   organisation   can   be   characterised   according   to   the   chain-­‐linked   model.  

Furthermore,  through  understanding  the  underlying  thoughts  behind  the  linear  model,  

we  wish  to  assess  the  potential  to  expand  NZ’  current   innovation  model  given  insights  

provided  by  the  linear  model.  

Figure  4.1.  The  linear  model  

 Source:  Bush,  1949  

 

Bush  (1949)  and  Furnas  (1948)  are  considered  the   founding   fathers  behind  the   linear  

model  of  innovation  (Balconi  et  al.,  2010).  The  linear  model  (LM)  illustrates  the  process  

of  innovation  moving  from  research  to  marketing  (Bush,  1949),  or  from  exploratory  and  

fundamental  research  to  sales  (Furnas,  1948)  (see  figure  4.1).  The  LM  has  been  applied  

as  an  influential  tool  in  a  broad  range  of  circumstances,  such  as  academics  lobbying  for  

research   funds   or   economists   providing   expert   assertions   for   governmental   policy-­‐

makers,   justifying   financial   support   for   science   through   the   application   of   the   model  

(Godin,  2005).    

Despite  the   influential  role  the   linear  model  of   innovation  has  had,   it  has  stirred  much  

criticism   over   the   past   50   years.   Many   scholars   proclaim   that   the   linear   model  

disregards   the   actual   reality   of   an   innovation   process.   The   grounds   for   such   critique  

relate   to  numerous   studies   that   show   that   the  process  of   innovation   is   “not  smooth  nor  

linear,  nor  often  well  behaved”,   implying   that   the  LM   is   an  over-­‐simplification  of   a   rather  

complex  process  (Kline  &  Rosenberg,  1986:285).  Kline  and  Rosenberg  (1986)  called  the  

Page 39: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  37  

linear   model   into   question   and   introduced   the   chain-­‐linked   model   as   an   alternative  

model  for  illustrating  an  innovation  process.    

 

Figure  4.2.  The  chain-­‐linked  model    

 

(Source:  Kline  and  Rosenberg,  1986)  

They  state  that  the  main  concerns  that  the  linear  model  presents  is  the  lack  of  feedback  

loops  and  the  impact  on  the  process  of  innovating.  The  process  of  innovation  is  in  many  

cases   unforeseeable   and   characterised   by   a   high   degree   of   uncertainty,   may   that   be  

technical,   functional   or   market   uncertainty.   Radical   innovation   processes   are   said   to  

thrive   in  environments   that  allow  for   the   influence  of  multiple  sources  of   information.  

Incremental  innovation  thrives  best  where  iterative  processes  open  up  for  new  learning  

and   development,   thereby   emphasizing   the   importance   of   such   feedback   loops   in   the  

either   innovation   process   (Kline   and   Rosenberg,   1986).   As   such   feedback   loops   and  

external   pieces   of   information   are   important   drivers   for   the   innovation   process:  

“innovation   in   this   substance   frequently   occurs   in   the   processes   for   producing   them   –  

recombination  of  existing  manufacturing  steps”   (Fleming  &   Sorensen,   2004:910).  Kline   and  

Rosenberg   (1986)   indicate   that   the   linear   model,   where   the   completion   of   one-­‐step  

ultimately  leads  to  the  initiation  of  the  next  step,  has  difficulty  in  supporting  drivers  of  

innovation.    

However,   it   becomes   questionable   whether   the   critique   of   the   LM   is   in   fact   valid,  

especially  if  we  take  a  historical  perspective  of  the  LM  to  shed  light  on  what  the  actual  

origin   and   objective   of   the   model   was.   The   LM   was   originally   designed   to   support  

governments   in   their   pursuit   to   enhance   the   economic   development   after   the   Second  

World  War   (Bush,   1945).   It   states   that   basic   or   fundamental   scientific   research   is   the  

Page 40: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  38  

main  and  unique  source  of  knowledge  for  technical  innovations  hence  economic  growth,  

and   the  underlying   idea   takes  point  of  departure   in   the  distinction  between  basic  and  

applied   scientific   research.   Private,   profit-­‐driven   organisations   are   said   to   lack  

motivations   for  engaging   in  basic  science.  Bush  stated   that   it  was   the  responsibility  of  

the  government  to  ensure  that  basic  scientific  research  would  flourish,  and  that  public  

funding  would  be  the  driver  for  such  (Balconi  et  al.,  2010),  hence  he  introduced  the  LM.  

However,  by  direct  comparison  of  the  two  models  we  learn  that  the  unit  of  analysis  for  

each   model   is   notably   different.   The   chain-­‐linked   model   emphases   the   innovation  

process   within   a   firm,   i.e.   an   innovation   process   that   is   characterised   by   an   applied  

scientific   research   approach:   technological-­‐,   application-­‐   and   industrial   oriented  

research.   The   linear   model,   however,   does   not   refer   to   the   daily   processes   of  

incremental  learning  and  development  at  the  firm  level.  It  looks  into  the  role  of  science  

in   enhancing   the   long-­‐term   developments   of   the   economy,   with   particular   focus   on  

science-­‐based   industries   (Bush,   1949;   Furnas,   1949).   Moreover,   it   takes   a   long-­‐term  

perspective  as  its  unit  of  analysis;  the  process  of  innovation  cannot  be  viewed  upon  as  a  

“generalised  co-­‐occurrence  of  concomitant  tasks”   (Balconi  et  al.,  2010:8).   In   the   light  of   this  

thesis,  we  wish   to  highlight   the   importance  of  distinguishing  between   the   two  models  

given  that  the  chain-­‐linked  model  does  not  adequately  recognize  the  importance  of  pure  

basic   science,   providing   important   insights   that   highlight   the   actual   scope   of   R&D  

activities   at   Novozymes   I.e.   by   understanding   science   as   something   that   can   be  

consulted   iteratively  throughout  an   innovation  process,  hence  guided  by  the  questions  

that  arise  in  that  very  process,  the  inventor  inherently  will  suffer  from  ‘inculcation11  of  

the   mind’.   In   other   words,   the   idea   behind   ‘pure’   science   in   the   discovery   of   new  

knowledge   is   that   “…it   is   not   contaminated   by   any   other   value   than   those   relating   to   the  

acquisition  of  knowledge”  (Raucek,  1971:306).  

The  process  of  innovation  is  complex,  however,  a  distinction  between  basic  and  applied  

scientific  research  provides  insights  to  the  value  that  can  be  gained  from  understanding  

the   innovation   process   as   provided   by   the   linear   model   and   the   chain   linked   model.  

There   is   furthermore   an   interconnectedness   between   basic   and   applied   science;   the  

success   of   firm-­‐level   exploitation   strategies  might   well   depend   upon   population-­‐level  

investments  in  exploration  strategies  (Balconi  et  al.,  2010).  It  first  becomes  valid  to  ask                                                                                                                  11  To  impress  (something)  upon  the  mind  of  another  by  frequent  instruction  and  repetition  or  indoctrination  (The  Online  Dictionary,  2011)  

Page 41: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  39  

to   which   degree   can   a   firm   engage   in   or   establish   its   own   explorative   strategies   as   a  

supplement   to   prevailing   exploitative   strategies   already   in   place  within   a   firm?   In   the  

forthcoming  analysis  we  aim  to  elaborate  upon  the  above,  through  assessing  the  degree  

to   which   NZ   can   simultaneously   engage   in   both   exploitation-­‐level   strategies   and  

exploration-­‐level   strategies.   In   pursuit   to   gain   insight   to   this,   the   following   section  

addresses  the  notion  of  exploitation  and  exploration.    

4.1.2.  Exploitation  and  Exploration  Whether   the   goal   is   to   take   advantage   of   internal   knowledge   and   developments   or   to  

search  for  inputs  from  more  distant  sources,  potentially  across  disciplines,  the  concepts  

of  exploitation  and  exploration  provide  valuable  insight  to  the  ways  in  which  inventors,  

organisations,   etc.   can   engage   in   such   search   processes   (March,   1991;   Fleming   and  

Sorensen,  2004).   In  the  context  of  this  thesis,   the  concepts  will  assist   in  shedding  light  

upon   the  nature  of   the  R&D  activities  at  Novozymes   (NZ).  Through  understanding   the  

structure  of  the  R&D  activities  we  are  able  to  assess  the  degree  to  which  NZ  is  engaging  

in  exploitation-­‐  versus  exploration-­‐oriented  activities,  and  more   importantly   the  affect  

this  has  on   the  overall   innovative  capacity  of   the   firm   in   light  of   its  aim  to  expand  the  

overall  enzyme  market  globally.    

According   to  March  exploitation  covers  elements  of  search  such  as  refinement,  choice,  

production,  efficiency,  selection,  implementation,  and  execution  (1991:71).  Fleming  and  

Sorensen   (2004)   refer   to   this   type   of   activity   as   local   search.   Here   the   emergence   of  

input   to   the   innovation  process  comes   from  the   incremental  changes   that  are  made  to  

one   component   at   a   time,   either   through   reconfiguration   or   replacement   of   a   given  

component  (Ibid.).  The  term  local  indicates  that  developments  are  based  upon  previous  

research  activities  and  developments  that  have  taken  place,  thereby  exhausting  only  the  

potential  possibilities  that  lie  right  in  front  of  the  inventor.  The  benefit  of  local  search  is  

the  possibility  to  take  full  advantage  of  prior  research.  It  also  provides  the  inventor  with  

a  higher  degree  of  reliability  in  the  innovation  process  drawing  on  past  insights  to  what  

and  what   does   not,   act   as   valuable   information   in   the   process   of   future   exploitations  

(Fleming   &   Sorensen,   2004).   However,   the   downside   of   exploitation   is   known   as  

cognitive   bias,   i.e.   by   focusing   only   on   familiar   components   and   combinations   the  

inventor  refrains  from  investigating  more  distant  and  potentially  more  valuable  sources  

of  input.  The  iteration  of  exploitation  processes  can  result  in  a  decrease  of  variability  of  

Page 42: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  40  

outcomes,   hence   slowing   down   the   advancement   of   innovation   as   local   search  

combinations  are  exhausted  over  time  (Ibid.).  

To  overcome  such  cognitive  bias,  the  concept  of  exploration  provides  valuable  insights.  

March  states  that,  different  from  exploitation,  exploration  covers  elements  of  search  that  

indicates  variation,  risk  taking,  experimentation,  flexibility  and  discovery  (1991:71).  The  

exploration   of   new  possibilities   in   an   innovation  process   can  provide   insights   beyond  

what   local   search   can   open   up   for.   Although   exploration   can   lead   to   less   certain   and  

systematic  inputs  as  compared  to  exploitation  it  can  still  be  of  great  value,  as  exploration  

leads   to   inputs   that   are   more   distant   (March,   1991),   thus   providing   insights   to  

disciplines  that  hold  potential  to  produce  more  novel  combinations.  

4.1.3.  The  Ambidexterity  Hypothesis  

As  outlined  above,  two  broad  types  of  qualitatively  different  learning  activities  between  

which   firms  divide  attention  and   resources   -­‐   exploration  and  exploitation   -­‐  have  been  

proposed   in   the   literature   (Van  de  Ven  1996,  March  1991).  Many   studies  have   shown  

that   exploration   and   exploitation   require   substantially   different   structures,   processes,  

strategies,  capabilities,  and  cultures   to  pursue  and  may  have  different   impacts  on   firm  

adaptation   and   performance   (e.g.   Holmqvist,   2004;   Van   den   Bosch   et   al.   1999;   He   &  

Wong,   2004).   In   general,   exploration   is   said   to   be   associated  with   organic   structures,  

loosely   coupled   systems,   improvisation,   autonomy,   and   emerging   technologies.  

Exploitation  on  the  other  hand  has  been  referred  to  relate  to  mechanistic/bureaucratic  

structures,   tightly   coupled   systems,   path   dependence,   routinization,   control   and  

bureaucracy,   and   stable   markets   and   technologies   (Ancona   et   al.   2001;   Brown   &  

Eisenhardt   1998;  He  &  Wong,   2004).   To   capture   the   capacity   of  managing   both   these  

activities  Tushman  and  O’Reilly  (1996)  introduced  the  premise  of  ambidexterity,  which  

suggest   that   firms  needs   to   that   firms  need   to  achieve  a   “balance”  between   the   two   to  

achieve   superior  performance.  The  notion  of   ambidexterity   signifies   a   firm’s   ability   to  

operate  complex  organisational  designs  that  provide  for  short-­‐tem  efficiency  and  long-­‐

term   innovation   (Ibid.).   Essentially,   the   two   activates   compete   for   firms’   scarce  

resources,  resulting  in  the  need  for  firms  to  manage  the  trade-­‐offs  between  the  two  (He  

&   Wong,   2004).     As   argued   by   Levinthal   and   March,   “The   basic   problem   confronting   an  

organization  is  to  engage  in  sufficient  exploitation  to  ensure  its  current  viability  and,  at  the  same  

time,  to  devote  enough  energy  to  exploration  to  ensure  its  future  viability”  (1993:105).  Tushman  

Page 43: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  41  

and  O’Reilly   (1996)  use   the   “juggler”  metaphor   to  describe  an  ambidextrous   firm   that  

has   the   capabilities   to   both   compete   in   mature   markets   (where   cost,   efficiency,   and  

incremental   innovation   are   critical)   and   develop   new   products   and   services   for  

emerging  markets   (where  experimentation,   speed,  and   flexibility  are  critical);   in  other  

words  to  exploit  and  explore  simultaneously.  The  ambidexterity  hypothesis  can  also  be  

found  in  between  the  lines  of  Eisenhardt  and  Martin  (2000)  who  propose  that  dynamic  

capabilities  require  a  blend  of  both  the  logic  of  exploration  and  exploitation.    

In   this   paper   we   take   a   particular   focus   on   innovation   processes,   and   Ancona   et   al.  

argued   that   dynamic   capabilities   “are   rooted   in   different   streams   of   innovation—in  

simultaneously  exploiting  and  exploring”   (2001:658).  The   literature   further   highlights   that  

adopting  only  one  of  these  methods  of  innovation  would  produce  insufficient  results  due  

to   the   shortcomings   of   each.  What   is   characterised   as   being   good   and   valuable   in   the  

long-­‐term   may   not   be   good   in   the   short-­‐term   and   vice   verse   (March,   1991).   This   is  

elaborated   on   in   Tushman,   Anderson   &   O’Reilly   (1997)   stating   that   firm’s   face  

difficulties   in   extending   their   existing   competences   to  develop   innovations   that  would  

create   new   markets.   In   this   light   we   infer   that   firms   may   benefit   from   separating  

activities  relating  to  incremental-­‐  and  radical  innovation  respectively.    

In   this   thesis,   we   employ   the   notion   of   ambidexterity   to   highlight   a   lacking   focus   on  

explorative   R&D   activities   of   our   case   company.   Moreover,   we   seek   to   assess   the  

potential  of  a  virtual   community   to  act  as  a  vehicle   for  explorative  unguided  scientific  

search  without   interfering  with   current  R&D  practices.   In   other  words,  we   explore   to  

what  extent  a  virtual  community  can  make  way  for  an  ambidextrous  innovation  model.  

To   our   knowledge,   this   is   the   first   study   that   links   the   construct   of   ambidexterity   to  

virtual  community  and  innovative  performance.    

4.1.4.  Combinatorial  Innovation:  Models  and  application  of  theory  Many   parallels   can   be   drawn   between   the   concepts   discussed   up   until   now.   The  

concepts   of   exploitation   and   exploration   are   deeply   rooted   in   the   discussion   of   basic  

versus  applied  scientific  research,  and  of  the  linear  model  versus  the  chain-­‐linked  model.  

In   the   context   of   exploitation,  we   therefore   recognize   a   link  between   the   chain-­‐linked  

model  and  applied  scientific  research.  We  furthermore  see  an  opportunity  to  congregate  

the  concepts  of  exploration,  the  linear  model  and  the  value  of  basic  science.  The  notions  

of   exploration   and   distant   search,   i.e.   gaining   input   from   basic   science   and   cross-­‐

Page 44: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  42  

disciplinary  interactions  (March,  1991;  Fleming  &  Sorensen,  2004),  provides  insights  to  

how  a   firm  can  benefit   from  external   sources  of  knowledge.  We   infer   that   the  optimal  

solution   is   a   combination   of   both   exploitation   and   exploration,   referred   to   as   the  

dynamic   organizational   capability   of   ambidexterity.   In   the   forthcoming   analysis,   we  

wish   to  apply   these  notions  and  concepts   to   the  case  of  NZ.  Here  we  emphasize   three  

models   that   well   capture   the   notion   of   combinatorial   innovation   to   help   analyze   NZ’  

R&D  activities.    

1. The  Long  Tail  of  R&D  

The  long  tail  of  R&D  provides  an  indication  of  the  scope  and  scale  of  an  organization’s  

R&D  activities  (see  figure  4.3).  Along  the  y-­‐axis  we  find  the  total  amount  of  capabilities  

that   an   organization   is   able   to   leverage   relative   to   how   cross-­‐disciplinary   the  

organization’s  activities  are.   I.e.   the   further  out  on   the  x-­‐axis  you  move   the  higher   the  

degree   of   cross-­‐disciplinary   capabilities   is   captured   by   the   organization.   The   columns  

along  the  x-­‐axis  indicate  this  degree  of  multi-­‐disciplinary  engagement  of  the  firm:    

• Internal  R&D:  In-­‐house  R&D  capabilities  in  targeted  disciplines    

• External  Collaborations:  include  key  customer-­‐  and  university  collaborations  

• Multi-­‐disciplinary   networks:   Capabilities   leveraged   across   a   broad   number   of  

previously  untargeted  disciplines    

• Unusual   Suspects:   Unanticipated   valuable   input   found   across   non-­‐targeted  

disciplines  

• Figure  4.3:  The  Long  Tail  of  R&D  

 Source:    Own  Model  (Inspiration:  The  Long  Tail,  Anderson  2004)  

Page 45: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  43  

However,   due   to   obstacles   to   ambidexterity,   many   firms   fail   to   leverage   multi-­‐

disciplinary   networks   and   reach   out   to   unusual   suspects,   to   the   detriment   of   more  

explorative   driven   innovation.   The   model   highlights   a   negative   relationship   between  

depth  and  scope  of   the  disciplines   that  a   firm   leverages  and  can  be  understood  as   the  

trade-­‐off   in   balancing   exploitation   and   exploration   as   pointed   out   in   ambidexterity  

literature.   By   the   same   token,   ambidextrous   firms   are   able   to   manage   capabilities  

available  across  the  long  tail  hence  a  firm  is  to  be  understood  as  encompassing  a  range  

of   the   activities   on   the   x-­‐axis,   as   opposed   to   a   simply   point   on   the   curve.   In   the  

subsequent   analysis,   we   apply   the   Long   Tail   of   R&D   to  map   the   scope   of   Novozymes  

exploitative   vs.   explorative   activities.   The   goal   is   to   define   NZ’   innovation  model   and  

assess  how  diverse  NZ  is  given  the  disciplines  leveraged.    

2. The  external  sourcing  continuum  

An   adapted   version   of   the   external   sourcing   continuum   introduced   by   Nambisan   &  

Sawhney  (2007)  is  outlined  below  (figure  4.4).  The  model  suggests  that  firms  can  “shop”  

for   innovations   ranging   from   raw   ideas   to   market-­‐ready   products.   The   continuum  

highlights   that   there   are   both   benefits   as   well   as   trade-­‐offs   at   either   end   of   the  

continuum:  sourcing   for  raw  ideas  takes  an  explorative   focus  and  provides  a  company  

with   a   higher   degree   of   reach,   i.e.   the   number   of   options   available,   however,   it   also  

implies   a   higher   degree   of   risk   and   uncertainty.   Sourcing   for   market-­‐ready   products  

takes  an  exploitative  focus  on  the  refinement  of  product  solutions  with  a  high  speed  to  

market.    

Figure  4.4:  The  External  Sourcing  Continuum    

 Source:  Adapted  model,  Nambisan  &  Sawhney,  2007  

Page 46: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  44  

We  propose  that  focus  on  applied  science,  incremental  innovation  and  local  search  leads  

to   “shopping”   for   market-­‐ready   products   at   the   innovation   bazaar,   whereas   basic  

science,  radical  innovation  and  distant  search  result  in  more  raw  ideas.    

In   the   forthcoming   analysis,   we   would   like   to   shed   light   upon   this   trade-­‐off   and   this  

model   helps   to   concretize   the   dynamic   interplay   between   focus   and   scope   that   any  

innovation  model  struggles  to  balance.  We  will  use  this  model  as  part  of  multi-­‐pronged  

framework  to  illustrate  the  extent  of  external  knowledge  sourcing  of  our  case-­‐company  

and   the   opportunities   that   lie   in   utilizing   a   virtual   community   as   tool   to   align  

exploitation  and  exploration.    

3.  The  Chain-­‐Linked  vs.  Linear  Gamut  

The  linear  model  provides  insights  to  how  basic  scientific  research  can  be  of  value  for  a  

science-­‐based  firm  in  fuelling  applied  research  activities.  We  infer  that  there  lies  value  in  

taking   basic-­‐scientific/linear   model   approach   as   complement   to   applied  

scientific/chain-­‐linked  model  reasoning  (figure  4.5).    In  the  analysis,  we  draw  upon  the  

findings  of  the  linear  model  of  innovation  and  the  chain-­‐linked  model  of  innovation,  and  

assess  how  these  provide  insights  for  understanding  the  advantages  and  shortcomings  

NZ’  current  innovation  model.  More  specifically,  we  investigate  the  extent  to  which  the  

market-­‐orientation  of  the  chain  linked  model  inhibits  NZ’  to  develop  novel  combinations,  

and  whether  following  the  reasoning  behind  the  linear  model  can  open  up  for  new  front-­‐

loading  of  opportunities  to  the  current  R&D  organization  at  NZ.    

Figure  4.5:  The  chain-­‐linked  vs.  linear  model  gamut  

 

Source:  Own  Model  

Page 47: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  45  

4.2  Networks,  Knowledge  and  Structural  Holes  In  this  section  we  bring  in  the  notion  of  networks  and  structural  holes  to  the  theoretical  

discussion.  In  the  above  section,  a  number  of  theoretical  constructs  have  been  addressed  

as   to   shed   light   on   the   important   interplay   between   basic   and   applied   science,   the  

process   of   innovation,   and   the   tradeoff   in   scope   between   exploitative   and   explorative  

R&D   activities.   The   network   perspective   provides   important   insights   that   help   us   to  

understand  and  substantiate  the  rationale  for  why  Novozymes  should  engage  in  external  

knowledge  sourcing.  A  thorough  understanding  of  how  the  social  structures  of  networks  

are  organized,  we  are  furthermore  able  to  emphasize  the  value  that  can  be  gained  from  

bridging  network  structures,  which  thus  opens  up  for  the  potential  to  grasp  novel  inputs  

for   combinatorial   innovations.   The   concept   of   brokerage   becomes   increasingly  

important   in   this   context,   as  we  propose   that   the   virtual   community   can   facilitate   the  

brokerage  of  different  network  structures,  a  notion  that  will  be  elaborated  upon  in  the  

sequential  section.  

In   Lahkani   and   Panetta   (2007)   principles   of   distributed   innovation   is   explored,  

suggesting   that   R&D   labs   can   benefit   from   seizing   opportunities   residing   across  

networks   external   to   the   organization.   The   idea   is   based   on   Benbya   &   Belbaly   in  

postulating   that   “…knowledge  is  unevenly  distributed  in  society,  and  that  centralized  models  for  

economic   planning   and   coordination   are   prone   to   failure   due   to   an   inability   to   aggregate   this  

distributed  knowledge”  (2007:7).  We  expand  Benbya  and  Belbaly’s  notion  to  suggest  that  

due  to  the  prerequisite  of  economic  planning  of  R&D  activities  in  profit  oriented  science-­‐

based  firms,  such  firms  generally  fail  to  embrace  the  full  range  of  distributed  knowledge  

available   to   them.   In   the   high-­‐tech   industry   the   notion   of   Joe’s   law   is   prevalent:    

“No  matter  who  you  are,  most  of  the  smartest  people  work  for  someone  else”  (Lahkani  &  Panetta,  

2007:97).  Thus,  provided  that  potentially  valuable  knowledge  resides  across  individuals  

and  networks  outside  the  boundaries  of  any  organization,  taking  a  network  perspective  

becomes   a   critical   element   in   understanding   how   to   best   get   access   to   such   pools   of  

knowledge.  Essentially,  the  network  dimension  of  this  paper  constitute  the  intersection  

between   the   theoretical   constructs   previously   outlined   in   the   theory   section   and   the  

notion  of  a  virtual   community   in  acting  as  knowledge  broker  and  catalyst   for  external  

knowledge  sourcing.      

Page 48: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  46  

In  this  section  we  will  focus  on  the  concept  of  networks,  structural  holes  and  brokerage  

of  structural  holes  (Burt,  1992).  To  set  the  foundation  in  which  the  remaining  discussion  

takes  point  of  departure,  we  begin  with  a   short  discussion  on   the  notion  of  networks,  

where  the  concepts  of  open  and  closed  network  structures  is  emphasized.  Sequentially  

we   introduce   the   notion   of   structural   holes   that   leads   to   a   discussion   of   the  

opportunities  and  implications  to  be  found,  and  which  affect  this  can  have  on  innovation.  

The  aim  is  to  highlight  the  obstacles  and  opportunities  that  arise  from  structural  holes.    

4.2.1.  The  Social  Structure  of  Networks    

The  notion  of  social  networks  has  attracted  much  attention  over  the  past  decades  from  

both  the  fields  of  social  and  behavioral  science  (Wasserman  and  Faust,  1994).  Building  

upon  the  sociological  ideas  of  Simmel  (1955)  and  Merton  (1968),  scholars  have  explored  

the   concepts   of   networks,   looking   into   the   structure   of   ties   between   individuals,  

organisations   and   communities   (Granovetter,   1973);   the   centrality   of   betweenness  

(Freeman,  1977);  the  power  of  having  exclusive  exchange  partners  (Cook  and  Emerson,  

1978);  and  the  structural  autonomy  that  is  created  by  network  complexity  (Burt,  1980).  

The   social   network   analysis   approach   also   has   deep   ties  within   network   theory,   as   it  

assumes  the  importance  of  relationships  between  agents.  It  refers  to  a  set  of  actors  (also  

called  'nodes')  who  are  tied  to  one  another  through  social  relations,  and  therefore  takes  

point  of  departure  in  the  relationships  that  arise  among  entities,  and  on  the  patterns  and  

interactions   of   such   relationships   (Wellman   &   Berkomitz,   1988).   Scholars   have  

recognized   the   benefits   of   applying   a   social   network   perspective   in   leveraging   new  

insights   to   standard   social   and   behavioral   questions   within   the   fields   of   political,  

economic,  or  social  structural  environment  (Wasserman  &  Faust,  1994).    

4.2.1.1  Closed  versus  Open  Networks  Burt   (1997)   categorises   a   number   of   network   benefits   according   to   three   main  

elements:  firstly,  a  network’s  ability  to  provide  an  individual  with  access  to  information  

beyond  what  he/she  could  possess  alone;  secondly,   it  provides  such  information  early,  

which  can  be  advantageous  in  being  the  first  to  act  upon  it;  finally,  the  network  allows  

for  referral  benefits,  meaning  that  the  information  received  through  a  network  is  often  

considered  more  reliable  as  it  comes  from  a  credited  source  (Ibid.).  However,  it  becomes  

questionable  under  which  circumstances  such   ‘information  benefits’  are  viable.    As  we  

shall  see,  depending  upon  the  characteristics  of  the  network,  and  the  extent  to  which  it  

Page 49: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  47  

is   closed   or   open,   ultimately   has   an   impact   on   the   information   benefits   to   be   reaped  

from  the  network  (Burt,  1997).  

In   the   social   network   literature   disputes   have   arisen   over   which   network   structure,  

closed   or   open,   appropriates   the  most   benefits   to   the   network   (Ahuja,   2000).   Closed  

networks  are  characterized  by  strong  mutual  ties  across  entities,  creating  a  homogenous  

community  where  everyone  knows  everyone;  the  greater  the  network  closure  the  more  

interconnected  the  network.  Coleman  (1990)  argues  that  networks  with  higher  closure  

generate   high   trust,   which   in   turn   facilitates   cooperation.   From   Coleman’s   (1988)  

perspective,   the   optimal   social   structure   of   a   network   is   thus   one   generated   from  

building  dense,  well-­‐connected  networks.  Contrary  to  this,  Burt’s  (1992)  perspective  is  

that   constructing   networks   of   disconnected   nodes   is   the   most   optimal   strategy.  

Following   this,  Burt   (1992,  2001)   states   that   there   are  negative   affects  of   closure:   the  

high  degree  of  interconnectedness  between  the  members  in  a  closed  network  results  in  

the  creation  of  norms  in  such  network  structures  that  make  groups  less  heterogeneous,  

thus  constraining  social  behaviors.  Burt  (1997)  goes  so  far  as  to  say  that  the  structure  of  

homogeneous  closed  networks  are  associated  with  a  redundancy  of  information  benefits,  

i.e.  no  new   information   is   infused   into   the  network.  This   is   echoed  by  Putman   (2000)  

who  postulates   that   closed  networks   are   great   in  helping   its  members   get  by,   but  not  

ahead.  Due  to  the  homogeneity  of  the  contacts  in  a  closed  network,  knowledge  revolves  

within   the   network   without   gaining   new   insights   and   input   to   further   challenge   the  

structure   (Burt,   1992).   Thus   non-­‐redundant   contacts,   i.e.   unknown   contacts   and  

knowledge  can  provide  information  benefits  of  value  to  the  network  itself  (Granovetter,  

1973;  Burt,  1992).  A  valid   remark  here   is   that   if   a   firm’s  R&D  activities  have  a   strong  

internal  orientation,  the  organisation  (network)  may  suffer  from  what  Burt  refers  to  as  

redundant   information   benefits.   In   the   context   of   this   paper,   the   effect   that   network  

structures  (open  vs.  closed)  may  have  on  knowledge  sourcing  thus  becomes  important  

to  consider.    

What   is   particularly   interesting   in   the   context   of   our   thesis   is   the   affect   that   the  

characteristics   of   a   network   (open   vs.   closed)   have   on   innovation   of   NZ’   R&D  

organization,   and   the   potential   there   lies   in   external   sources   and   networks.   Network  

structures  are  said  to  have  an  impact  on  innovation,  and  it  has  been  is  found  that  small  

homogenous   communities   more   quickly   introduce   incremental   improvements   in  

Page 50: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  48  

technology  (Lynn  et  al.,  1994).  Burt  (2005)  takes  this  point  further  in  stating  that  closed  

networks  might  actually  work   to   inhibit   innovation  (Burt,  2005),  while  networks  with  

heterogeneous   substructures   will   produce   more   radical   innovations.   NZ   seeks   to  

enhance  its  innovative  capacity  through  external  knowledge  sourcing,  and  therefore  the  

types   of   network   structures   that   a   virtual   community   aims   to   encompass   is   of  

importance.  Scholars  suggest  that  open  networks  hold  potential  to  produce  more  radical  

innovations,   and   thus   it   becomes   a  motivating   factor   for   the   remaining   discussion   to  

grasp  how  heterogeneity  of  networks  and  the  bridging  of  networks  can  be  a  driver  for  

innovation.  

4.2.2.  Structural  Holes  

A   generic   research   finding   in   sociology   and   social   psychology   is   that   information  

circulates  more  within   groups   of   people   than   in   between   groups   of   people   (Lin   et   al.,  

2001).   In  other  words,   in  any  kind  of   grouping  or   cluster  of  people,   such  as  divisions,  

industries  and  disciplines  of  research  etc.,   information  flows  are  more  vigorous  within  

than   across.   This   does   not   necessarily   imply   that   people   are   not   aware   of  what   takes  

place  in  other  groups  or  networks,  rather  that  they  focus  on  the  activities  taking  place  in  

their  particular  group,  and  simply  attend  less  to  the  activities  of  people  in  other  groups.  

Information  flows  within  groups  are  results  of  the  cognitive  constructs  of  the  individuals  

in  that  group,  thereby  curbed  to  fit  the  cognizance  of  that  group.  By  the  same  token,  new,  

yet  ‘unchallenged’  information  will  circulate  more  across  groups  that  within,  giving  rise  

to  opportunities  to  emerge  in  between  groups  (Ibid.).  This  idea  has  been  explored  more  

in  depth  through  the  conceptualization  of  structural  holes  and  the  opportunities  that  lie  

in  bridging  structural  holes.    

Supporting   arguments   of   the   theory   of   structural   holes   draws   upon   network-­‐related  

theories   emerging   in   the  1970’s.  The   term  structural  hole   can  be   characterised  as   the  

social  gap  between   two  groups  (Parjanen  et  al.,  2011);   the  weak  connections  between  

clusters   of   densely   connected   individuals   (Granovetter,   1973,   2005);   and   as   the   gaps  

between   non-­‐redundant   contacts   (Burt,   1997).   This   element   of   disconnectedness,   in  

other  words  holes  in  the  structure  of  the  networks,  may  result  in  ignorance  towards  the  

benefits   that   could   be   gained   as   assets   and   behaviours   get   locked   in   suboptimal  

exchanges  (Burt,  1980).  Thus,  potential  benefits  lie  in  identifying  structural  holes  across  

networks   and   in   taking   action   in  order   to   attempt   to  bridge   them.   In   the   forthcoming  

Page 51: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  49  

analysis,   the   research  environment  of  our   case   company  Novozymes   (NZ)   is   analysed,  

and  we  draw  upon  the  concept  of  structural  holes  to  highlight  the  rational   for  why  NZ  

stand   to   benefit   from   engaging   in   more   cross-­‐disciplinarily   collaborations.   In   the  

following   we   will   review   whether   structural   holes   hold   opportunities   vis-­‐à-­‐vis  

disadvantages,  and  which  role  ‘bridging’  and  ‘closure’  plays  in  this  respect.    

4.2.3.  Structural  holes  and  opportunities  in  segmented  networks  

Following   March’s   (1991)   idea   of   exploitation   versus   exploration,   Fleming   and  

Sorensen’s   (2004)   notion   of   local   versus   distant   search,   and   the   notion   of   social  

structures   of   networks,   we   come   to   understand   that   opportunities   lie   in   distant   and  

more   heterogeneous   social   structures   of   networks   and   that   benefits   can   be   reaped  

through   brokerage   (Granovetter,   1974,   Burt,   2001,   Parjanen   et   al.   2011).   However,  

benefits  of  brokerage  are  not  without   limitations  and  we   infer   that   it  becomes  vital   to  

ask:  when  are  structural  holes   too  distant   for  brokerage   to  provide   fruitful   results?   In  

other  words,  is  there  an  optimal  cognitive  distance  between  structural  holes?  Following  

Nooteboom  we  learn  that  “…outside  sources  of  knowledge  "require  a  "cognitive  distance"  which  

is  sufficiently  small  to  allow  for  understanding  but  sufficiently  large  to  yield  non-­‐redundant  novel  

knowledge"  (2000:   72).   Scholars   argue   that   network   structures   should   optimally   hold   a  

mixture  of  brokerage  and  closure  (Narayan,  1999).  Brokerage  of  structural  holes  implies  

the  existence  of  brokerage  function  bridging  relationships  across  heterogeneous  actors.  

On   the   other   hand,   network   closure   of   structural   holes   results   in   creating   trust   and  

stronger   ties   in   between   previously   disconnected   agents.   There   are   strengths   and  

limitations   of   both   closure   and   brokerage,   but   “…while  brokerage   ...   is   the   source  of  added  

value,  closure  can  be  critical  to  realizing  [that]  value'  (Burt  2001:52).    

Individuals  who  are  accustomed   to   interacting  with   individuals  across  groups  possess  

an  intuitive  ability  to  accept  alternative  ways  of  thinking  and  behaving  and  are  therefore  

able   to   foresee   potential   opportunities   that   lie   in   bridging   activities   across   various  

groups.  This  notion  builds  upon  fundamental  ideas  within  sociology  and  economics  and  

as   Adam   Smith   noted:   “when   the  mind   is   employed   about   a   variety   of   objects   it   is   some   how  

expanded   and   enlarged.”   (Smith,   1982:539).   There   lies   great   value   in   opening   up   for  

discussions  between  different  disciplinary  areas,  exposing  them  to  means  of  being  and  

doing  that   is  unfamiliar  to  them.  Empirical  studies   further  support  this  notion,  as  Burt  

(2004)   noted   through   an   in-­‐depth   study   of   a   French   chemical   giant   Rhône-­‐Poulenc,  

Page 52: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  50  

where  the  CEO  stated  that  his  scientists  received  great  value  for  new  ideas  and  products  

from  inputs  provided  to  them  from  individuals  of  other  disciplinary  fields.  

4.2.4.  Brokerage  and  Innovation  The   above   discussion   sheds   light   upon   the   benefits   that   can   be   reaped   from   bridging  

structural   holes,   in   that   new   opportunities   arise   from   connecting   unknown   areas   of  

interest,   disciplines,   etc.  The   impact   that   this  has  with   regards   to   innovation   is  of  due  

importance  in  the  context  of  the  given  thesis;  the  objective  being  to  highlight  the  impact  

that  distant  and  unforeseen  sources  of  external  knowledge  can  have  on   the  prevailing  

innovation  model  of  a  science-­‐based  company  such  as  Novozymes.    

Scholars   in   innovation   and   organisational   learning   discourse   has   emphasised   the  

linkages   and   the   outcome   of   collaborative   networks   as   being   the   vehicle   by   which  

organisations  gain  access   to  external   information   (Ahuja,  2000).  The   field  of   sociology  

has  long  studied  the  relationship  between  network  structures  and  innovation,  however,  

focusing  more  on   the  adaption  and  diffusion  of   innovation  rather   than   the  outcome  of  

network   structures   on   the   generation   of   innovation   (Ibid.).   Other   scholars   have   paid  

more   attention   in   this   area   (Shan   et   al.,   1994;   Podolny   &   Stuart,   1995;   Powell   et   al.,  

1996).  Areas   that  have  been  studied  range   from  external   factors  determining  whether  

an   innovation   becomes   a   technological   dead-­‐end   or   if   it   serves   as   the   basis   for  

subsequent   innovations   (Podolny   &   Stuart,   1995).   Moreover,   collaborative   network  

relationships  are  found  positively  correlated  to  innovation  output  (Shan  et  al.,  1994).    

The  network  perspective  on  innovation  emphasises  the  importance  of  the  connectivity  

of  heterogeneous  groups  of  actors  as  well  as  the  importance  of  exploring  and  exploiting  

weak  ties  and  structural  holes  (Parjanen  et  al.,  2011).  Networks  rich  in  structural  holes  

open  up  for  more  opportunities  for  new  combinations  of  knowledge  and  ideas,  and  we  

thus   infer   that   brokers,   or   the   bridging   of   structural   holes,   support   innovation   by  

connecting,   recombining   and   transferring   sources   of   information,   knowledge   or   ideas  

that  would   otherwise   be   disconnected   (Burt,   2004.).   Innovation   primarily   happens   at  

the   boundaries   between   disciplines   or   specialisations,   and   it   is   therefore   evident   that  

working   across   boundaries   or   distances   is   an   important   driver   supporting   innovation  

(Parjanen  et  al.,  2011).  Hence,  the  notion  of  distance  plays  an  important  role  whether  we  

Page 53: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  51  

are  talking  about  cognitive,  communicative,  organisational,  social,  cultural,  functional  or  

geographical  distance.    

Figure  4.6:  Bridging  network  structures  across  disciplines  

 

Source:  Own  Model  

4.2.5.  Cognitive  Distance  

The   concept   of   cognitive   distance   supports   the   notion   of   structural   holes   in   that   it  

addresses   the   degree   of   “difference”   across   individuals   or   groups.   Cognition   is  

developed   in   the   interaction   of   the   physical   and   social   environment   and   it   can   be  

identified  based  on  prior  knowledge,  which  “…confers  an  ability  to  recognize  the  value  of  new  

information,  assimilate   it,   and  apply   it   to   commercial   ends”     (Cohen  &   Levinthal,   1990:128).  

Following   Simon   (2000:33),   “…cognitive   capabilities   of   human   agents   are   bounded   by…   the  

limits   imposed   by   the   frames   of   reference,   value   systems   and  modes   of   symbolic   representation  

prevailing  in  the  epistemic  communities  to  which  they  belong”.  This  highlights  the  idea  that  in-­‐

group  idiosyncrasies  may  constrain  the  cognitive  capacity  of  the  group.  Nooteboom  et  al.  

(2005)   state   that   the   term   cognitive   in   this   sense   denotes   a   broad   range   of   mental  

activity,  perception,  sense  making,  categorization,  inference,  value  judgments,  emotions,  

and   feelings,   which   all   build   on   each   other.   Furthermore,   as   different   categories   of  

cognitive  meaning  are  constructed  through  the  experiences  that  follow  individuals,  it  is  

inferred   that   individuals   inherently   interpret,   understand   and   evaluate   their  

surroundings  differently  (Nooteboom  et  al.,  2005:3).    

Oberoi   and   Saviotti   (2010)   introduced   the   notion   of   cognitive   distance   to   denote   the  

dissimilarity   in   knowledge   bases   between   firms.   We   thus   infer   that   similarity   of  

knowledge  bases  would   imply  cognitive  closeness,   likely  to  prevail  within  homogenous  

networks.  The  notion  of  cognitive  distance  can  therefore  be  understood  as  the  space  in-­‐

between   social   structures   of   networks   characterized  by   structural   holes.   Conclusively,  

Page 54: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  52  

the  diversity  of  ‘distance’  is  to  be  considered  a  source  of  innovation  (Harmaakorpi  et  al.,  

2006).   In   the   succeeding   analysis   (section   6.3.1)   we   elaborate   upon   the   notion   of  

optimal  distance  between  structural  holes  where  we  place  NZ  in  this  context.    

4.2.6.  Social  Capital  and  Innovation  The  notion  of  social  capital  is  a  relevant  topic  to  address  in  the  light  of  this  thesis.  Given  

that  we  take  a  network  perspective   to  knowledge  creation,   the  ways   in  which  value   is  

created   by  means   of   relationships   becomes   a   central   issue.   Moreover,   the   concept   of  

social   capital   can   help   us   to   better   understand   how,   and   under   what   premises,  

information  is  shared  and  knowledge  is  created.  We  find  that  the  value  of  social  capital  

for   knowledge   creation   is   not   as   straightforward   as  most   authors   propose;   rather   the  

value   is   contingent  on  context  and   the   type  of  knowledge  one   intends   to  produce.  We  

come   to   question   if   novel   combinations   (radical   innovation)   derive   benefit   from   high  

social   capital,   or   if   in   fact   the   lack   of   high   social   capital   makes   way   for   this   type   of  

innovation  to  emerge.    

Over   the   two   past   decades   ‘social   capital’   is   notably   the   most   successful   concept  

exported   from   sociology   to   other   social   sciences   and   to   the   public   discourse   (Portes,  

2000).   Social   capital   has   often   been   used   to   address   how   interpersonal   relations   can  

improve   community   life   and   solve   social   problems.   It   is   a   relational   asset   that   exists  

across  people  in  a  given  group,  community,  organization  or  society,  and  that  by  means  of  

fostering   trust,   mutual   obligation   and   cooperation   becomes   the   mortar   of   civic  

engagement   (Nelson  et  al.,  2003).   I.e.,  when  social   capital   is  high,  people   feel  empathy  

with   one   another   and   sense   of   belonging,   and   they   take   on   responsibilities   and  

motivation  for  solving  problems  (Ibid.).  

Social  capital  represents  the  gains  to  an  individual,  a  group  of  people,  or  a  community,  

acquired  from  the  establishment  of  relations  with  other  individuals  or  groups.  This  has  

been  captured  eloquently  by  Portes:  “…whereas  economic  capital  is  in  people's  bank  accounts  

and  human  capital  is  inside  their  heads,  social  capital  inheres  in  the  structure  of  their  relationships”  

(1998:7).   Social   capital   is   created  when   a   relationship   is   established,   and   appreciates  

over   the   course   of   repeated   interaction   (Ibid.).  Most   scholars   agree   that   social   capital  

value  surplus  accrue   to  both   the   individual  and   the  collective.  Bourdeiue  &  Wacquant,  

define  social  capital  as  “…the  sum  of  resources,  actual  or  virtual,  that  accrue  to  an  individual  or  

Page 55: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  53  

group  by  virtue  of  possessing  a  durable  network  of  more  or   less   institutionalized  relationships  of  

mutual  acquaintance  and  recognition”  (1992:119).  

Social  capital:  a  liability  or  a  virtue?  Most  literature  addressing  the  notion  of  social  capital  seem  to  praise  the  emergence  of  

social   capital,   and   point   out   a   strong   positive   relationship   between   social   capital   and  

knowledge  creation  (Canella  &  McFayden,  2004).  However,  high  degrees  of  social  capital  

have   also   been   seen   as   a   constraint   for   knowledge   creation   and   innovation.  

Interpersonal  networks  can,  over  time,  produce  strong  norms  and  mutual  identification  

among  network  members,  thus  limiting  openness  to  new  information  and  diverse  views.  

Burt   (2001)   for   example,   claims   that   when   high   social   capital   is   realized   by   a   group,  

norms  emerge  from  such  network  structures  making  the  group  less  heterogeneous,  thus  

constraining  social  behavior  -­‐  which  from  a  business  perspective  can  be  understood  as  

inhibiting  the  innovative  capacity  of  the  group.  This  is  echoed  by  Gabbey  &  Leenders  in  

proposing:   “When  networks  are   too  durable   they  may  yield  obstacles   for  novel   combinations  of  

radical  innovation”  (2001:203).  Nooteboom  (1999)  recognizes  that   in  the   light  of  radical  

innovation   (exploration   of   novel   combinations)   systemic   linkages   are   not   required.   In  

other  words,  with  novel  combination,  strong  social  ties  (i.e.  high  social  capital)  become  a  

liability   rather   than   a   virtue.   Following   Lynn   et   al.   (1994),   small   homogenous  

communities   are   said   to   more   quickly   introduce   incremental   improvements   in  

technology  while  innovation  communities  with  more  heterogeneous  substructures  will  

produce   more   radical   innovations.   This   suggests   that   the   value   of   social   capital   is  

contingent  on  the  circumstances  in  which  knowledge  is  created,  and  more  importantly,  

on   the   objective   of   the   specific   collaborative   exertion.   In   other   words,   the   value   that  

accrues  to  a  network  aimed  to  produce  novel  combinations  (radical   innovation)  might  

become   depressed   at   expense   of   high   social   capital.  Walker   et   al.   captures   these   two  

facets   of   social   capital:   “Social   capital   is   a   means   of   enforcing   norms   and   behaviour   of  

individuals  or  corporate  actors  and  thus  acts  as  constraint  as  well  as  a  resource.”  (1997:111).    

From  the  above,  we  understand  that  social  capital  can  be  both  a  virtue  and  a  liability  for  

a  given  innovation  process,  and  drawing  on  this  we  add  depth  to  our  understanding  of  

network  structures  and  its  affect  on  the  outcome  of  radical  vs.  incremental  innovations.    

Page 56: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  54  

4.3.  Virtual  Communities  and  Knowledge  Sourcing  The  structure  of  networks  provides  an  indication  of  the  opportunities  that  lie  in  bridging  

structural  holes  and  distant  sources  of  knowledge.  We  have  shown  that  the  structure  of  

networks  is  essential  for  the  way  in  which  knowledge  can  be  shared.  In  the  following  we  

highlight  structural  characteristics  of  “virtual”  networks,  and  move  on  to  suggest  that  as  

a   result   of   the   properties   of   a   virtual   community,   it   holds   the   potential   to   broker  

structural   holes   and   distant   sources   of   knowledge.   Drawing   upon   findings   of  

combinatorial   innovations,  networks  and   structural  holes,  we  wish   to   illustrate  how  a  

virtual  community  can  act  to  enhance  the  innovative  capacity  of  Novozymes.    

The  distance  between  networks,  structural  holes  and  sources  of  knowledge  may  come  in  

different   forms   such   as   cognitive,   communicative,   organisational,   functional,   social   or  

cultural.  Often  the  distances  are  so  great  that  a  special  brokerage  function  is  needed  –  a  

means  by  which  information  exchange  and  translation  can  take  place  between  structural  

holes  (Burt,  2004).  In  the  context  of  this  thesis,  we  propose  that  such  a  special  brokerage  

function  can  be   facilitated   through   the  means  of  virtual   community,   and  we   introduce  

the   concept   of   a   virtual   innovation   broker.   We   thus   proceed   to   discuss   the   nature   of  

information  exchange  and  knowledge  sourcing  in  the  context  of  a  virtual  community  set-­‐

up.    

4.3.1.  Knowledge  Sharing  and  Information  Exchange  in  ‘virtual  worlds’  

To   locate   expertise   and   knowledge   sources   to   solve   problems   is   often   a   social   and  

collaborative  endeavor  (Bian  et  al.,  2008).  While  performing  an  online  search  (using  e.g.  

‘Goolge.com’)   sometimes   is   an   efficient   way   to   answer   a   particular   question,   today’s  

search   engines   are   not   capable   of   answering   queries   that   require   deep   semantic  

understanding  of  the  query  or  the  document  in  question  (Ibid).  Hence,  asking  a  person  is  

often  the  only  way  to  get  a  satisfying  answer.  One  good  place  to  start  is  then  to  review  

ones  own  professional  network  in  hope  of  leads  that  provide  a  solution,  but  sometimes  

the  right  source  of  knowledge  lies  beyond  the  reach  and  grasp  of  one’s  own  network  and  

‘resources’.   The   proliferation   of   online   communities   and   interactive   places   for  

collaboration  hold   the  potential   to  extend   the  scope  and  access   to  relevant  knowledge  

sources   available   to   an   individual   or   organization.   Virtual   communities   enable   new  

levels  of  interactions  and  interconnections  among  individuals,  documents  and  data,  and  

have  become  places  for  people  to  seek  and  share  expertise  (Zhang  &  Ackerman,  2005).    

Page 57: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  55  

In   order   to   understand   how   a   VC   can   act   as   vehicle   for   external   knowledge   sourcing,  

information  exchange  and  knowledge  sharing  become  important  elements  to  consider.  

Researchers   have   recently   positioned   social   capital   as   a   key   factor   for   understanding  

knowledge   creation   (Nahapiet   &   Ghoshal,   1998).   Here,   one   important   question   to  

consider   is:   Why   does   someone   choose   to   share   information   or   knowledge   with  

somebody  else?  Two  main  rationales  or  logics  come  to  mind,  positioned  at  two  extremes  

of  a  spectrum.  First,  take  the  barter  economy  logic:  a  pragmatic  view  of  exchange  where  

an  information  package  is  shared  in  between  two  individuals  just  as  any  other  good  on  a  

market,  but  it  is  not  paid  for  with  money  but  with  the  exchange  of  another  good  (piece  of  

information).   In   the   case   that   interaction   repeats   itself,   a   social   relationship   might  

emerge  allowing  for  a  social  logic  to  guide  the  forthcoming  exchange.  Here,  principles  of  

trust,  mutual  reciprocity  and  norms  of  action  allow  for  information  and  knowledge  to  be  

exchanged  based  on  principles  of  social  life,  as  opposed  to  principles  of  market  exchange  

(Bullen,   2007).   The   two   logics   of   information   exchange   suggest   that   information   and  

knowledge   can   be   shared   in   both   the   presence   and   absence   of   social   capital,   but   the  

characteristics   of   the   exchange   is   inherently   different.   The   previous   point   made  

regarding   the   liability   of   high   social   capital   also   bears   relevance   when   addressing  

information   exchange.   We   infer   that   in   the   absence   of   social   capital,   information  

exchange  follows  a  more  mechanistic/market  logic  whereas  high  social  capital  results  in  

a  more   spontaneous   exchange   following   a   social   logic.   Yet,  we   have   learned   that   high  

social   capital   may   run   the   risk   of   hampering   novel   combination   to   emerge   from   the  

exchange  due  to  the  formation  of  norms  and  constraints  in  social  behaviour  as  a  result  

of   group  dynamics   (Burt,   2001).  Thus,   there   seems   to  be   a   trade-­‐off   between  high  vs.  

low   social   capital,  where   the   optimal   level   seems   to   be   balanced   level,   i.e.   neither   too  

high  nor  too  low,  as  it  fosters  an  exchange  of  information  that  supports  the  emergence  of  

both  incremental  and  radical  innovations.  

4.4.  Theoretical  synthesis  and  application    In   the   above   discussion   a   broad   number   of   concepts   and   theoretical   constructs   are  

introduced  and  revised,  each  representing  particular  dimensions  of  our  topic  of  research.  

Across  these  concepts  we  have  identified  subtle  analogies  that  suggest  a  relationship  in  

the   context   of   networks   and   innovation.   We   find   that   many   of   these,   given   their  

dichotomous  nature,  can  be  bifurcated  onto  a  continuum    (figure  4.7).    

Page 58: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  56  

Exploitation  Local  Search  

Low  Cognitive  Distance  Closed  Networks  Closure  /  Bonding  High  Social  Capital    

Incremental  Innovation  

Exploration    Distant  Search  

High  Cognitive  Distance  Open  Networks  

Brokerage  /  Bridging  Low  Social  Capital    Radical  Innovation

Figure  4.7:  Conceptual  dichotomy  continuum    

 

 

 

 

We   find   support   in  Binz-­‐Scharf   for   our   claim   that   exploration   and   exploitation   can  be  

placed  on  a  continuum  and  that  certain  network  structures  are  better  suited  for  each  of  

the   two:   “exploration  and  exploitation…move  along  a  continuum…given  by   the  configuration  of  

ties   in   the   networks   employed.   The   network   is   sparse   in   the   exploration   phase   and   dense   in   the  

exploitation   phase,   corresponding   to   weak   ties   during   exploration   and   strong   ties   during  

exploitation”  (2003:8).  We  also  infer  that  the  above  spectrum  falls  under  the  umbrella  of  

ambidexterity   theory,   where   the   balance   of   each   dimension   comprises   an   essential  

element  for  a  firm  to  be  ambidextrous.  It  is  at  the  intersection  of  the  concepts  outlined  in  

figure  4.7,  combined  with  the  phenomenon  of  virtual  communities,   that  the  concept  of  

the  virtual  innovation  broker  emerges.  Thus,  one  important  contribution  of  this  thesis  is  

to   highlight   the   utility   of   virtual   communities   for   science-­‐based   firm   for   external  

knowledge   sourcing,   in   the   light   of   the   relationship   between   the   aforementioned  

theoretical  constructs.  In  addition,  we  find  that  the  models  we  employ  in  the  subsequent  

analysis  share  a  similar  pattern.  Below  we  introduce  three  models  that  guide  us  in  our  

analysis.    

Drawing  on  literature,  we  understand  that  firms  often  find  themselves  in  cognitive  traps  

in  which  strong  profit-­‐orientation  may  induce  firms  to  persist  excessively  in  the  use  of  

procedures  and  actions  associated  with  success   in  the  past  (March  &  Levinthal,  1993).  

This   often   leads   firms   into   sub-­‐optimal   exploitative   strategies   that   impede   the  

emergence  of  innovation  of  a  radical  nature.  One  objective  of  the  first  part  of  the  analysis  

is   to   analyse   to   which   extent   our   case   company,   NZ,   is   trapped   in   such   sub-­‐optimal  

exploitative  strategies.  In  doing  so,  we  employ  the  Long  Tail  of  R&D  where  we  analyse  

the  external  scope  of  NZ’  current  innovation  model  (see  point  1,   figure  4.8).  Moreover,  

although  we  postulate  that  firms  should  be  explorative  in  their  R&D  strategies,  we  also  

find   evidence   in   the   literature   suggesting   that   there   is   a   limit   to   the   value   of   distant  

sources  (e.g.  Nooteboom  et  al.,  2005).  

Page 59: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  57  

 

Figure  4.8  Elements  of  External  Knowledge  Sourcing  

 

1. The  Long  Tail  of  R&D  

   

2. Optimal  Scope  Continuum  

   

3. Ambidexterity  trough  a  virtual  innovation  broker  

   

Page 60: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  58  

This   leads   us   to   hypothesize   that   there   is   an   inverted  U-­‐shaped   relationship   between  

cognitive-­‐,  disciplinary-­‐  and  organisational  distance  and  the  degree  of  valuable  input  for  

radical  innovation  (see  point  2,  figure  4.8).  Moreover,  from  the  ambidexterity  literature  

we  know  that  activities  relating  to  the  extremes  of  the  continuum  (figure  4.7)  are  often  

difficult   to   combine.   In   other   words,   firms   often   lack   the   organisational   capabilities  

enabling  a  simultaneous  focus  on  exploitative  and  explorative  strategies.  It  is  in  this  light  

that  we  in  the  second  part  of  the  analysis  introduce  and  apply  the  concept  of  the  virtual  

innovation  broker  and  propose  that  it  can  act  as  a  bridge  between  NZ’  R&D  organisation  

and  more  distant  sources  in  the  external  environment    (see  point  3,  figure  4.8).    In  sum,  

the  first   illustration  places  our  case  company  NZ  in  the  context  of  external  knowledge;  

the  second  illustration  highlights  that  resource  heterogeneity   is  valuable,  but  only  to  a  

certain  degree;  the  third  shows  that  it  is  not  only  a  matter  of  scope  but  also  of  balancing  

exploitation   and   exploration,   and   that   this   can   potentially   be   achieved   by  means   of   a  

virtual  innovation  broker.    

Given   that   the   second   and   third   part   of   the   forthcoming   analysis   is   of   a   conceptual  

nature,   with   point   of   departure   in   theory   and   literature,   additional   theoretical  

constructs  and  how  they  are  applied  will  be  introduced  there  and  then  as  we  see  fit.  

5.  Novozymes  -­‐  Case  Company  Profile  Novozymes   (NZ)   is   a   biotechnology-­‐based   company   headquartered   in   Copenhagen,  

Denmark.   The   company  was   founded   in   2000   as   a   result   of   a   de-­‐merger12  with   Novo  

Nordisk,   a   world   leading   pharmaceutical   company.   NZ’   core   business   areas   are  

industrial  enzymes  (94%),  microorganisms  (4%)  and  biopharmaceuticals  (2%)  (Annual  

Report   2010).  NZ’   products   are   used   in   a   broad   range   of   process   industries   including  

agriculture,  bioenergy,  food  &  beverages,  household  care,  leather,  pulp  &  paper,  textiles  

and   wastewater   solutions   (NZ   Corporate   Website,   2011).   In   large   tanks   inside   the  

laboratories   of   NZ,   tiny   enzymes   are   produced   using   microbiological   processes   and  

fermentation   technology.   Sustainability   lies   at   the   heart   of   NZ’   business   agenda,   and  

since  sustainable  solutions  have  become  acknowledged   to  make  sound  business  sense  

by   other   businesses,   NZ   profits   from   delivering   green   solutions   ultimately   reducing  

energy  consumption  and  climate  impact  of  its  customers.  NZ  is  well  recognized,  both  by  

                                                                                                               12  The  split  was  aimed  to  bring  about  a  stronger  focus  on  the  emerging  business  of  industrial  enzymes.  

Page 61: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  59  

the  general  public  due  to  its  green  profile,  as  well  as  by  its  customers.  In  2010  NZ  helped  

customers   reduce   CO2   emission   by   40   million   tons.   Furthermore,   the   company   has  

received   a   number   of   acknowledgements   and   rewards:   Dow   Jones   named   NZ   the  

sustainability  sector   leader  in  the  biotech  area  and  Procter  &  Gamble  appointed  NZ  its  

“Supplier   of   the   Year”   for   the   third   year   in   a   row   out   of  more   than   80,000   suppliers  

(Annual  Report  2010).  NZ  heavily  relies  on  R&D  and  invests  14%  of  its  turnover  in  R&D,  

and  out  of   its  5400  employees  across  30   countries  16%  work   in  R&D  (Annual  Report  

2010).   Correspondingly,   a   strong   IPR   and   patenting   strategy   is   exemplified   by   an  

extensive   patent   portfolio   of   more   than   6500   granted   or   pending   patents   (Annual  

Report  2010).  After   the  split  with  Novo  Nordisk  and  becoming  a  separate  company   in  

2000,   Novozymes   (NZ)   has   experienced   steady   growth   rates.   By   2010  NZ   had   a   47%  

market  share,  compared  with  43%  in  2000.  This  makes  NZ  the  world’s  leading  producer  

of  industrial  enzymes,  with  generated  sales  of  DKK  9,724  million  and  EBIT  of  DKK  2,117  

million   in   2010   (Annual   Report   2010).   Given   the   global   economic   slowdown,   these  

results  are  quite  remarkable.    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.  Novozymes  R&D  organization  The   R&D   organization   at   NZ   is   structured   around   two   functional   areas:   Applied  

Discovery  Unit  (ADUs)  and  Molecular  Biotechnology  (MBs).  The  ADUs  are  structured  in  

divisions   along   each   industrial   application   area   such   as   textiles,   food   &   beverage,  

What  is  an  Enzyme?  

An  enzyme  is  a  protein  that  works  as  a  catalyst  in  naturally  occurring  processes.  Catalysis  is  defined  as  the  acceleration  of  a  chemical  reaction  by  some  substance,  which  itself  undergoes  no  permanent  chemical  change.  This  means  that  once  the  biological  process  is  complete,  the  enzymes  are  neither  used  up  in  the  reaction  nor  do  they  appear  as  byproducts.  

Enzymes   are   mostly   found   in   microorganisms   such   as   fungi   and   bacteria.   These   are   then  further  developed  to  improve  desired  characteristics  of  the  enzyme  and  prepare  it   for  mass  production.  

There  are  a  plethora  of  different  enzymes,  with  highly  varying  characteristics.  Some  are  good  at   “chopping  up”  dirt  and   fats,   suitable   for  detergents,  others  prolong   life  of   food,  while  yet  others   are   specialized   at   “chopping”   starch,   helping   the   fermentation   process   in   ethanol  production.  When  used  for  industrial  applications,  enzymes  can  usually  speed  up  production  processes  at  a  lower  cost  than  chemicals  due  to  reduced  raw  material  and  utility  use.  

 

Source:  Novozymes  Talent  Search,  2011  

Page 62: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  60  

bioenergy,  etc.  (figure  5.1).  The  MBs  on  the  other  hand  are  expected  to  carry  out,  what  

NZ  characterizes  as  basic  scientific  research  and  act  as  a  support   function  the  ADUs  in  

the  development  of  enzymes  for  each  given  application  area.    

Figure  5.1  Overview  of  R&D  activities  at  Novozymes  

 

Source:  Own  illustration  

The  MBs   set   up   project   groups   that  work  within   each   application   area,   and   based   on  

inquiry  from  the  ADUs,  the  MBs  return  to  the  labs  to  improve  or  change  characteristics  

of  the  enzyme  in  question.  Most  work  is  centered  on  optimization  and  customization  of  

current  products.   Such   activities   include   improving   enzyme  performance   and   stability  

(e.g.   to  make   enzymes   in  detergents  work   just   as  well   in   low   temperatures);   improve  

process   compatibility,   i.e.   how   should   the   enzymes   be   applied;   and   reduce   enzyme  

production  costs  (SULO;  TRMU,  2011).    

A   large   share   of   product   developments   at   NZ   take   place   within   the   four   walls   of   the  

organization   inside  closed   labs  and  protected  by  a  strong  IPR  policy.  Nevertheless,   the  

R&D   organization   at   NZ   has   been   recognized   for   its   strong   focus   on   external  

collaborations  (e.g.  in  Knudsen  &  Nielsen,  2008).  NZ  takes  an  active  role  in  trying  to  be  

more   open,   as   stated   on   the   company  website:   “One   important  means   of   staying  ahead   is  

through   mutually   beneficial   collaborations   with   universities   and   other   partners   around   the  

world.”13.   The   collaborative   scope   of   NZ’   R&D   efforts   can   be   structured   around   the  

following  three  activities:    

                                                                                                               13  http://www.novozymes.com/en/careers/students/how-­‐we-­‐work-­‐with-­‐universities/Pages/default.aspx  

Page 63: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  61  

• Internal   R&D:   A   number   of   in-­‐house   R&D   resources   are   leveraged.   In   2009   the  

Innovation  Office  was  set  up  to  manage  the  front-­‐end  pipeline  across  the  company’s  

businesses,   and   a   number   of   interactive   forums   have   been   created.   An   intra-­‐

organizational  communication  and  connection  tool  has  been  set  up  to  make  way  for  

bringing   together   the   company’s   employees.   Furthermore,   a   number   of   group  

collaborations  have  been  set  up  including:  NZ'  Radical  Innovation  Catalysts  (RIC)  and  

cross-­‐functional  group  collaboration  for  idea  qualification.  

• Strategic   partnerships   and   key   customer   collaborations:  NZ   relies   on   development  

projects  carried  out  in  close  collaboration  with  external  strategic  partners  as  a  part  

of  its  growth  strategy.  Allying  with  partners  in  the  research  process  is  no  longer  only  

an  R&D  related  decision  it  is  just  as  much  a  corporate  strategic  objective  (Knudsen  &  

Nielsen,  2008).    

• University  Collaboration:  Over  the  past  decade  a  number  of  University  collaborations  

have  been  initiated  by  NZ  in  e.g.  the  United  States,  China,  Brazil  and  Denmark.  On  the  

company  website  it  is  stated  that  “By  working  so  closely  with  universities  we  get  fresh  ideas  

and  talent  that  help  us  look  into  tomorrow  to  prepare  industries  for  what’s  coming”4.  

5.2.  Looming  Challenges  The  long-­‐term  targets  are  set  to  an  annual  organic  sales  growth  of  10%,  an  EBIT  margin  

of   20%  and  ROC  of   22%,   and   future  projections   show   that  Novozymes   (NZ)  will   hold  

50%  of  the  market  in  couple  of  years  (Annual  Report,  2010).  Given  the  current  market  

situation   these   targets   are   to   be   considered   ambitious.   While   NZ   demonstrates   an  

impressive  record,  the  future  holds  a  new  set  of  challenges  that  must  be  dealt  with.  After  

studying   the   financial  numbers  more  carefully  we   found   that  NZ  has  been  outgrowing  

the  market  over  the  past  decade  -­‐  by  a  rate  of  29%14  (appendix  3).  In  the  long  run  this  

implies  that  unless  total  market  expansion  accelerates,  NZ  has  to  grow  at  the  expense  of  

current   market   assets,   making   it   increasingly   difficult   to   reach   growth   targets.  

Furthermore,   industry  concentration   is   relatively   low,  with   the  presence  of  only  a   few  

manufacturers  able  to  cater  to  the  needs  of  clients  (Frost  &  Sullivan,  2009).  In  addition,  

the   industrial   enzyme   business   is   characterised   by   strong   barriers   of   entry   due   to  

expensive  technology  and  the  complex  nature  of  enzyme  producing  technologies  (Ibid.).  

Competition   is   thereby   moderate   across   most   enzyme   application   areas;   expect   the  

                                                                                                               14  Novozymes  growth  divided  by  total  market  growth  

Page 64: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  62  

pharmaceutical   enzyme   market   that   is   highly   competitive.   Competition   is   known   to  

grow  markets,  and  in  low  concentration  industries  market  growth  is  highly  dependent  

on   the   actions   of   a   small   set   of   competitors   (Ibid.).   Hence,   measures   taken   by   NZ   to  

ensure  market  growth  are  deemed  vital  for  NZ  in  the  future.  In  this  light,  innovation  and  

development  of  new  industrial  application  areas  for  enzyme  technologies  becomes  very  

important  strategic  objectives   for  NZ.  Technological  change  has  been  argued  to  have  a  

great   impact   on   the   competitive   structure   of   many   industries,   where   technological  

advancements  drive  the  growth  of  industries  (Ernst,  2003).  For  NZ  this  calls  for  constant  

development  of  new  applications  to  meet  growth  targets,  and  it  is  deemed  vital  to  move  

beyond  existing  industries  and  application  areas.  NZ  has  been  recognized  for  its  strong  

innovative   capacity,   yet,  with   future   challenges   comes  greater  pressure   for  pioneering  

and  radical   innovation.  As  a   response,  NZ   is   investigating  opportunities   to   increase   its  

scope  of  external  knowledge  sourcing  in  order  to  broaden  its  horizon  in  search  for  new  

knowledge.   In   2011,   a   new   corporate   value   pillar   was   introduced:   “Connect   to   create  –  

because   the  world   is   full   of   ideas”  15.  Furthermore,   a   “we-­‐know-­‐it-­‐all”   corporate   culture   is  

being  called  into  question,  which  indicates  a  new  direction  in  which  the  organization  is  

moving.  NZ  is  progressively  looking  for  ways  in  which  it  can  ensure  to  explore  external  

sources  of  knowledge  potentially  valuable  to  the  organization  and  the  future  of  enzyme  

business.    

6.  Analysis    We   conduct   a   three-­‐pronged   analysis   that   combines   valuable   insights   to   assist   us   in  

exploring   the   identified   problem   statement:   How   can   a   virtual   community   facilitate  

external  knowledge  sourcing  so  as  to  enhance  the  innovative  capacity  of  Novozymes’  R&D  

organization?   We   draw   upon   empirical   evidence,   as   well   as   concepts,   theory   and  

literature,   as   outlined   in   previous   sections   of   the   paper,   to   support   our   subsequent  

claims  and  findings.  For  each  part  of  the  analysis  a  brief  part-­‐conclusion  is  outlined,  to  

be  followed  by  our  overall  concluding  remarks  at  the  end  of  the  analysis.      

In  the  first  part  of  the  analysis  we  aim  to  gain  an  understanding  of  Novozymes  current  

innovation  model  and  identify  the  extent  and  scope  of   its  current  R&D  activities.  Here,  

we   draw   upon   empirical   findings   from   our   in-­‐depth   interviews.   We   conclude   that  

                                                                                                               15  http://www.novozymes.com/en/about-­‐us/vision-­‐and-­‐values/touch-­‐the-­‐world/Pages/Our-­‐values.aspx  

Page 65: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  63  

Novozymes’   innovation   model   is   focused   on   the   exploitation   of   known   sources   of  

knowledge  to  the  detriment  of  radical  innovation.  Ultimately  we  provide  arguments  for  

why  external  knowledge  sourcing  hold  potential  to  benefit  the  organization.    

For   the   second   part   of   the   analysis,   emphasis   is   placed   on   the   concept   of   a   virtual  

community,  where  we  develop  a  rationale  behind  establishing  a  research-­‐based  virtual  

community  for  external  knowledge  sourcing.  We  highlight  some  enabling  and  inhibiting  

properties  of  virtual  communities  for  acting  as  a  mechanism  for  unguided  distant  search  

for   scientific   opportunities.  Moreover,  we   develop   the   concept   of   a   virtual   innovation  

broker  to  highlight  that  a  virtual  community  holds  potential  to  bridge  structural  holes.  

Here  we  primarily  make   inference  based  on  prevailing   theory  and   literature,   and  also  

include   findings   from  an  online   survey.    We  conclude   that   a  virtual   innovation  broker  

theoretically  holds  potential  to  facilitate  an  explorative  arm  of  NZ’  innovation  model.    

In   the   final  part  of   the  analysis  we  address   the  notion  of  scope   in  unguided  search   for  

scientific   opportunities.   We   bring   in   the   notion   of   upper   limits   of   ambidexterity   and  

place  emphasis  on   implications  of  balancing  exploitation  vs.  exploration-­‐oriented  R&D  

activities   in  the   light  of   the  virtual  community  set-­‐up.  Here  we  suggest  that  the  virtual  

innovation  broker  holds  potential  to  overcome  a  number  of  obstacles  to  ambidexterity  

found  in  the  literature.  Here  we  predominantly  employ  prevailing  theoretical  constructs  

highlighted  in  the  theory  section.  We  conclude  that  a  VC  can  be  viewed  as  an  add-­‐on  to  

NZ’  innovation  model  with  the  potential  to  expand  innovation  activities  to  become  more  

explorative,  without  harming  current  exploitative  capabilities.    

6.1.  Part  I  -­‐  Novozymes’  innovation  model  The  objective  of  the  first  part  of  the  analysis  is  to  answer  the  first  sub-­‐question  (Q1)  of  

the   problem   statement,   namely:   To   what   extent   is   the   current   innovation   model   at  

Novozymes   conducive   for   effective   external   knowledge   sourcing?   We   take   point   of  

departure   in   the   R&D   organisation   at   NZ   and   aim   to   identify   how   R&D   activities   are  

structured  with   regards   to   research   and  new  product   development.  A  mapping  of   the  

process   of   innovation   at   NZ   is   conducted,   where   we   draw   upon   the   notion   of  

combinatorial  innovation,  concepts  of  basic  vs.  applied  scientific  research  and  as  well  as  

exploitation  vs.  exploration.  We  find  that  the  R&D  activities  at  NZ  has  a  strong  in-­‐house  

focus   but   also   covers   a   number   of   external   collaborations   with   key   customers   and  

Page 66: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  64  

universities.  A  mapping  of  these  provides  insights  to  the  scope  of  NZ’  current  innovation  

activities  transcending  organizational  boundaries  of  the  firm.  Drawing  upon  the  notions  

of   market-­‐pull   and   technology-­‐push   and   its   affect   on   innovation,   the   objective   is   to  

address   the  balance  of  exploitative  and  explorative  activities   in   the  current  process  of  

innovation.  

A  mapping  of  NZ  innovation  model  covers  three  main  focus  areas  assessed  throughout  

this  section.  We  begin  by  looking  into  the  transition  that  NZ’  R&D  organization  has  gone  

through  over  the  past  20  years.  This  is  done  in  order  to  illustrate  how  Novozymes  has  

moved  from  carrying  out  more  explorative  R&D  activities  to  becoming  more  exploitative  

over   recent   years.   Before   concluding   on   the  model   of   innovation  we   assess   how  R&D  

project   groups   are   organised   at   Novozymes   to   shed   light   on   the   degree   of   cross-­‐

disciplinary  interactions  in  R&D  projects.    

6.1.1.  R&D  in  transition  at  Novozymes  

Innovation   is   an   important   driver   for   economic   development   for   corporations,  

industries   and   society   in   general   (Ernst,   2003).   Like  most   firms,   NZ   is   dependent   on  

innovation  for  performance.  An  innovation  model  illustrates  the  mechanisms  that  act  to  

support  the  innovation  process,  whether  it  is  a  result  of  technology  push,  market  pull  or  

a   combination   of   the   two.   In   our   study   of   NZ  we   find   that   its  model   of   innovation   is  

currently  characterised  by  the  mechanisms  of  market-­‐pull,  however,  this  has  not  always  

been   the   case.   Traditionally,   NZ’   model   for   innovation   was   characterised   by   a  

technology-­‐push   orientation  where   the   organisation   focused   on   new   inputs   emerging  

from   research   (SULO,   2011).   This   is   illustrated   by   the   following   assertion:   “…when  we  

found  an  enzyme  and  understood  why  and  how  it  worked,  we  would  then  ask  if  there  was  a  market  

that   could   use   it.”   (SULO,   2011).   R&D   activities   thus   revolved   around   exploration   of  

enzyme   technologies   to   discover   new   enzymes,   through   working   with   unknown  

components  to  understand  how  they  worked  together  (Ibid).  The  role  of  marketing  and  

business  development  was  a  secondary  activity  that  followed  sequentially  after  findings  

were  made   in  R&D,   in  order   to  assess   the  market  opportunities   and   to   commercialise  

the  product.    

The   innovation   process   characterised   by   technology-­‐push   did   not   face   much   change  

until  NZ’  product  portfolio  began   to  encompass  a  broad  number  of  product  categories  

Page 67: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  65  

and   application   areas.   Soon   the   role   of   market-­‐pull   became   more   crucial,   and  

optimisation   of   the   current   product   portfolio  was   prioritized.  Marketing   and   business  

development  began  to  take  an  active  role  in  determining  which  industries  and  markets  

were   of   particular   interest   for   NZ   to   target,   and   consequently   also   where   the   R&D  

organisation  was  to  place  its  focus  (SULO,  2011.).  According  to  employees  and  managers  

at   NZ,   the   shift   in   this   direction   has   taken   place   over   the   last   five   year,   and   it  

characterises  the  way  in  which  NZ  engages  in  R&D  at  present  (TLS;  TRMU;  SULO;  MTBO;  

SALK,  2010).  It  is  Business  Development,  Marketing  and  Customer  Solutions  that  dictate  

the  direction  of   the  enzyme  technology  that  R&D  is  researching.  This  has  been  further  

indicated   through   our   interviews  with   employees   at  NZ   “…it   is  business  development  and  

marketing   that   indicate   that   there   is   a   particular   market   with   a   high   potential   for   enzyme  

products,   and   then  we   [MB’s   and   ADU’s   in   R&D]   alter   a   current   enzyme   product   to  meet   these  

needs”   (SULO,   2011).  Where  R&D   activities   previously   revolved   around   exploring   new  

enzymes  and  solutions,  the  current  model  is  deemed  to  be  of  a  more  exploitative  nature.  

R&D  today  takes  point  of  departure  in  known  enzymes  and  exploits  capabilities  built  up  

internally  to  deliver  optimised  products.  Innovation  at  NZ  can  thus  be  characterised  as  

incremental  in  nature,  as  most  innovations  emerge  by  combining  known  knowledge  and  

components  to  alter  current  products  and  build  new  solutions.  Hence  we  find  evidence  

that  NZ’   innovation  model   used   to   be  more   radically   oriented   in   its   approach   to  R&D  

using   input   from   basic   scientific   research   to   create   new   solutions.   It   seems   that   over  

time  the  growth  of  NZ’  product  portfolio  has  influenced  a  shift  in  focus  of  R&D  activities,  

as   indicated   through  an   interview   “we  [NZ]  have  such  a  large  palette  of  products  to  offer,  to  

alter,  and  development  further  such  as  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  customers”  (SULO,  2011).  This  is  

not   to   say   that   the   current  model   of   innovation   is   insufficient16,   however   it   brings   to  

mind  some  of  limitations  in  being  able  to  meet  future  growth  projections  as  discussed  in  

the  company  profile  above  (section  5).  Through  an  assessment  of  NZ  innovation  model,  

we  will  shed  light  upon  the  extent  to  which  current  innovative  activities  are  conducive  

for  optimally  supporting  the  innovative  capacity  of  NZ  in  the  face  of  looming  challenges  

in  the  future  of  enzyme  business.    

                                                                                                               16  NZ  is  clearly  able  to  meet  profit  targets  year  after  year.  

Page 68: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  66  

6.1.2.  Novozymes’  innovation  model    

Taking  point  of  departure   in  Novozymes  (NZ)  current  R&D  focus  addressed  above,  we  

assess  the  degree  to  which  NZ’  innovation  model  can  be  characterised  in  the  light  of  the  

chain-­‐linked  model.  We  model   the  process   of   internal   product   development   given   the  

frame   of   the   chain-­‐linked  model   to   better   understand   its   advantages   and   drawbacks.  

Finally  we  wish   to  shed   light  upon   the   implications   that  arise  as  a   result  of   the  chain-­‐

linked   model   in   a   firm’s   pursuit   to   expand   its   innovative   capacity.   On   NZ   corporate  

website  it  is  emphasized  how  the  organization’s  innovation  model  supports  incremental  

and  radical  innovative  processes  with  the  aim  to  ensure  a  solid  pipeline  of  products  for  

current  market  needs  as  well  as  to  ensure  long-­‐term  growth  (NZ  Corporate17,  2011).  We  

find  reason  to  call  this  position  into  question  by  means  of  our  assessment  of  the  actual  

scope   of   NZ’   R&D   activities.   We   uncover   insights   that   indicate   that   NZ   model   of  

innovation   is   overly   geared   for   exploitation   and   incremental   innovation  with   a   strong  

reliance  on  applied  science  as  the  main  input.    

The  combinatorial  perspective  of  innovation  highlights  that  a  broad  range  of  inputs  from  

external   sources,   feedback   on   current   processes,   and   organizational   learning   by  

iteration,   together   act   as   drivers   for   innovation.   The   combinatorial   approach   is  

characterised  by  re-­‐combination  of  given  components,  technologies  and  processes  that  

in  turn  accelerate  the  innovative  process  (Kline  and  Rosenberg,  1986).  The  structure  of  

the  chain-­‐linked  model  supports   the  combinatorial  approach   to   innovation  as   it  opens  

up  for  both  feedback  loops  and  moving  back  and  forth  in  the  process  if  innovation  (Ibid.).  

The  feedback  loops  in  turn  make  way  for  multiple  sources  of  information  to  influence  a  

given   innovation   process   –   something   Kline   and   Rosenberg   argue   is   beneficial   and  

supportive   of   radical   innovation   (1986).   Furthermore,   the   iteration   of   processes  

supports  incremental   innovation  (Ibid.).  Another  important  characteristic  of  the  chain-­‐

linked   model   is   that   it   supports   the   design   of   the   innovation   process.   Initiating   a  

technological   innovation   process   calls   for   an   overview   of  what   is   needed   or   expected  

from  the  process,  and  the  sequential  redesigns  that  are  essential  in  reaching  a  successful  

outcome  (Kline  and  Rosenberg,  1986).    

 

                                                                                                               17  http://www.novozymes.com/en/investor/sustainability-­‐investment-­‐facts/Pages/rd-­‐and-­‐innovation.aspx  

Page 69: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  67  

Figure  6.1:    NZ’  innovation  along  the  Chain-­‐linked  model    

 

Source:  Kline  &  Rosenberg  (1996)  

 

At   Novozymes,   a   market-­‐pull   approach   to   innovation   takes   point   of   departure   in   the  

needs  and  opportunities   in  the  market.  Our  interviews  with  employees  in  the  MB-­‐  and  

ADU  departments  indicate  that  a  large  majority  of  projects  are  characterised  as  product-­‐

oriented,  where  the  aim  is  to  either  work  towards  finding  a  solution  or  to  understand  a  

given  solution  better;  ultimately  to  produce  a  better  product  (SULO,  MTBO  2011).  When  

further   asked   whether   the   organisation   was   involved   in   other   types   of   projects   that  

were  not  pre-­‐defined  by  the  market,  interviewees  from  both  MB  and  ADU  departments  

re-­‐emphasised  that  a  vast  majority  of  R&D  projects  revolved  around  tailoring  a  solution  

for  the  market  (SULO,  SALK,  MTBO,  2011).  

We  infer  that  processes  of  development  are  initiated  on  the  basis  of  what  the  potential  

market   holds   of   opportunities   for   a   given   product,  much   along   the   lines   of   the   chain-­‐

linked  model.  Based  on  a  given  requirements  of  the  project,  the  MB  project  groups  work  

closely  with   the  ADU  division   in  each  given   industrial   application  area   in   carrying  out  

continuous   re-­‐adjustments   and   refinements   until   predefined   requirements   are   met  

(MTBO,   2011).  We  draw  a  parallel   between   the  R&D  organisational   structure   and   the  

chain-­‐linked   model,   and   infer   that   NZ   internal   innovation   model   resembles   the  

underlying   notions   of   the   chain-­‐linked   model.   The   process   of   product   development  

follows  along  the  path  of  the  chain-­‐linked  model  (Figure  6.1).  It  takes  point  of  departure  

in  the  potential  market,  thereby  maintaining  a  strong  focus  on  producing  and  providing  

application   and   industrial   oriented   solutions.   NZ’   core   competences   lie   within  

researching  and  producing  enzymes  for  industrial  purposes,  and  consequently  it  heavily  

relies  on  a  thorough  scientific  understanding  within  the  field  of  biotechnology  in  being  

Page 70: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  68  

able   to  meet   the  demands  of   the  market.  As  outlined   in   the   theory   section,   the   chain-­‐

linked   model   assumes   science   to   be   a   knowledge   domain   open   for   consultation  

iteratively  over  a  given  innovation  process.  This  implies  that  science  is  aimed  to  answer  

questions  that  arise  during  the  innovation  process,  which  in  turn  uses  identified  market  

potentials   as   point   of   departure.  However,   developing   arguments   for  why  Novozymes  

should   engage   in  more   explorative   R&D,   the   linear  model   becomes   a   useful   frame   of  

reference   (see   theory   section,   figure   4.1).   The   linear   model   takes   a   long-­‐term  

perspective   on   science   in   enhancing   the   lasting   developments   of   the   economy   with  

particular   focus   on   science-­‐based   industries.   The   key   contributions   of   this  model   can  

provide  valuable  insights  for  NZ  in  its  quest  for  becoming  more  explorative.  In  pursuing  

an   innovation   model   that   resembles   the   fundamentals   of   the   chain-­‐linked  model,   we  

infer   that   NZ   does   not   adequately   recognize   the   importance   of  pure   basic   science.   By  

developing  mechanisms  that  invite  more  basic  scientific  input,  NZ  can  faster  incorporate  

emerging   developments   taking   place   out   in   the   broader   scientific   community   (figure  

6.2).  In  the  following  section  we  assess  the  role  of  basic  vs.  applied  science  at  NZ’  R&D  

organization  in  more  depth.    

 

Figure  6.2:  Linear  Model  vs.  Chain-­‐linked  model  

 Source:  Own  Model  

6.1.3.  R&D  at  Novozymes:  basic  vs.  applied  scientific  research  In   the   theoretical   discussion   we   established   that   both   basic   and   applied   scientific  

research   are   of   great   value   for   an   innovation   process.     Basic   science   revolves   around  

generating   a   general   understanding   of   a   phenomenon,   and   applied   scientific   research  

looks   into   providing   solutions   to   technological   and   industrial   problems   or   issues  

(Balconi  et  al.,  2010).  Through  our  interviews  with  scientists  at  NZ  we  discovered  that  

the  way  in  which  NZ  utilizes  these  concepts  is  rather  different  from  the  above  definition.  

Page 71: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  69  

NZ   indicates   that   its   two   main   R&D   departments,   MB’s   and   ADU’s,   focus   on   basic  

research   and   applied   research   respectively.   Yet,   taking   a   theoretical   viewpoint   a  

different   story   emerges.   Novozymes,   being   a   profit-­‐driven   organization,   aims   to  

strategically   focus   all   R&D   and   product   development   activities   on   delivering   market-­‐

ready   products.   It   is   therefore   strategically   focused   on   applied   research   where   all  

departments   in   fact   take   an   application-­‐oriented   approach   to   support   the   necessary  

activities  throughout  the  entire  pipeline;  from  early  discovery  to  market  launch.  This  is  a  

strategic  approach  that  is  common  for  science-­‐based  profit-­‐driven  firms,  who  are  often  

reluctant   to  allocate   large   investments   in  basic  research  without  a  clear   future  market  

value  (Balconi  et  al.,  2010).  By  taking  a  more  thorough  look  into  the  activities  that  these  

two  departments  are  engaged  in,   it  becomes  clear  that  the  classical  definition  of  basic-­‐  

and  applied  research  does  not  apply  at  Novozymes.  As  indicated  by  a  Senior  Department  

Manager   for  MB  Bio-­‐Diversity,  Martin  Borchert,   “all  research  is  in  fact  application  oriented,  

the  differentiation  between  MB’s  and  ADU’s  merely  lies  in  how  early  stage  we  are”  (MTBO,  2011).  

The   relationship   between   MBs   and   ADUs   is   of   importance   in   that   both   departments  

work   closely   to   provide   the  most   efficient   products   for   the   industry.   Sune   Lobedanz,  

Senior  Department  Manager  for  MB  at  NZ  stated  that  “the  aim  of  the  MB  department  is  not  

to   investigate   a   fundamental   scientific   problem   in   that   sense;   a   biological   problem.   We   act   to  

support  the  ADUs  and  to  bring  new  insights  to  the  product  portfolio”  (SULO,  2011).  Novozymes’  

R&D  organisation   is  structured  such  that   it  holds  the  scientific  competences  necessary  

to  substantiate  and  support  the  business  of  the  company,  and  holds  the  competences  to  

develop  product  applications  accordingly  (SULO,  2011).  We  therefore  call  into  question  

whether  the  MB  department  can  in  fact  be  characterised  to  works  with  basic  research,  

and  therefore  also  whether  the  firm  is  in  a  position  to  grasp  the  value  that  stems  from  

more  basic  oriented  scientific  research.    

6.1.4.  R&D  project  groups  at  Novozymes    A  mapping  of  R&D  activities  with  regards  to  project  formation  and  the  competences  that  

are  utilised  indicates  a  high  degree  of  cross-­‐disciplinarily  interaction  between  particular  

members  of  a  project  group.  As  illustrated  in  figure  6.3  the  MB  department  is  made  up  of  

a  set  of  sub-­‐divisions18,  and  when  projects  are  initiated,  a  cross-­‐disciplinary  group  from  

                                                                                                               18  The  MB  department  is  comprised  of  the  following  sub-­‐divisions:  bioinformatics,  bioprocess  technology,  cloning,  metabolic  engineering,  protein  chemistry,  protein  optimization,  recombinant  expression  and  screening  (NZ  Corporate  Website,  2011).    

Page 72: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  70  

MB  is  formed  to  work  with  the  particular  ADU  division19.  The  level  of  cross-­‐disciplinary  

interaction  that  takes  place  internally  at  NZ  is  therefore  confined  to  the  MB  department;  

ADU  researchers  only  work  within  their  given  industrial  application  area  and  not  across  

(SULO,   2011).   Despite   this   organisational   structure,   the   majority   of   interviewees  

indicated  that  it  would  be  beneficial  for  the  ADUs  to  be  more  cross-­‐disciplinary  in  their  

approach,  working  together  in  groups  across  industrial  applications  (STKH,  TLHD  2011).  

E.g.   people   engaged   in   detergents   research   could   potentially   benefit   from   sharing  

experiences   and   knowledge   with   people   in   other   application   areas   such   as   food   or  

biofuels.  

Figure  6.3:  Project  groups  at  Novozymes  

 

Source:  Own  illustration  

When  project   teams  encounter  difficulties   in   finding  a  solution   to  a  given  task,  project  

groups   primarily   draw   on   two  means   by  which   they   can   gain   input.   They   exploit   the  

internal  competences  through  consulting  colleagues  and  previous  research  on  the  area.  

Or   in   the   case   that   the   project   is   in   collaboration  with   an   external   key   customer,   the  

group   has   the   possibility   to   consult   the   collaborating   partner   for   additional   input   or  

guidance  (SULO,  2010).  NZ  collaborative  partnerships  therefore  also  play  a  crucial  role  

in  providing  insights  to  the  demands  in  the  market  as  well  as  providing  guidance  with  

alternative   inputs   and   suggestions   for   potential   solutions.   However,   an   important  

implication  is  that  although  the  MB  department  takes  point  of  departure  in  more  early  

                                                                                                               19  The  ADU  department  covers  the  following  industrial  applications:  Agriculture,  bioenergy,  biopharma,  food  &  beverages,  household  care,  leather,  pulp  &  paper,  textile,  wastewater  solutions  (NZ  Corporate  Website,  2011).    

Page 73: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  71  

stage  research,  all  activities  are  nonetheless  centered  on  industrial  applications  (MTBO,  

2011).   And   the   same   holds   true   for   projects   that   involve   the   collaboration   with   key  

customers.  Thus,  we  find  support  for  our  argument  that  the  entire  process  of  innovation  

is  pre-­‐defined  to  meet  a  given  industrial  application  outcome,  thus  limiting  the  degree  of  

radical  innovations  that  emerge.    

Innovation   literature   tells   us   that   innovation   primarily   happens   at   the   boundaries  

between  disciplines  or  specialisations,  and  that  working  across  boundaries  or  distances  

is   an   important   driver   in   supporting   innovation   (Parjanen   et   al.,   2011).   Following   the  

notions   of   combinatorial   innovation   and   structural   holes,   we   have   learnt   that   novel  

combinations  often  emerge  across  disciplines  (from  bridging  structural  holes)  and  that  

there   is  an   incentive  to  spur   interdisciplinary  research.   In  this   light  we  reason  that  NZ  

suffers   from   a   degree   of   cognitive   bias   by   primarily   relying   on   local   search   and  

exploitation  of  internal  competences  in  finding  input  to  a  given  project.    

Keeping   the   above   in   mind,   we   infer   that   there   is   a   continuous   flow   of   knowledge  

sharing  within  the  organisation,  as  well  as  with  collaborative  partners   in   the  case  that  

projects   involve   their   expertise.   Along   the   lines   of   the   chain-­‐linked   model,   R&D   at  

Novozymes   supports   feedback   loops   and   iterative   processes   that   enable   NZ   to  

effectively  make  use  if  its  internal  competences,  while  exploring  more  distant  solutions  

is   limited   to   pre-­‐defined   collaborations   with   external   partners.   However,   before  

concluding   on   Novozymes   innovation   model   another   important   point   must   be  

emphasised,   which   refers   to   the   explorative   activities   characterised   by   the   above-­‐

mentioned   collaborative   partnerships   with   key   customers   and   universities.   In   the  

following  we  draw  upon  the  Long  Tail  of  R&D  model  to  assess  the  external  scope  of  NZ’  

current  innovation  model.    

6.1.5.  Novozymes  and  The  Long  Tail  of  R&D  Based   on   numerous   interviews  with   employees   and  managers   at   NZ,   and   by   drawing  

upon  the  Long  Tail  of  R&D  introduced  in  the  theoretical  section,  we  have  developed  an  

adapted  model  to  illustrate  the  scope  and  diversity  in  NZ’  R&D  activities  (see  figure  6.4).    

We  use  the  model  to  highlight  possible  limitations  of  NZ’  current  innovation  model.    

 

Page 74: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  72  

Figure  6.4:  Novozymes  and  The  Long-­‐Tail  of  R&D    

 

Source:  Adapted  model,  inspiration  Anderson  2004  

The  Long  Tail  of  R&D  provides  an  overview  of  how  cross-­‐disciplinary  R&D  activities  of  a  

firm   are.   The   further   out   the   x-­‐axis   you   move   the   more   diverse   becomes   the   set   of  

disciplines  that  you  leverage.  NZ  is  considered  to  efficiently  exhaust  a  large  degree  of  its  

capabilities  along  defined  and  specific  lines  of  enzyme  business.  While  work  indeed  is  of  

a  cross-­‐disciplinary  nature,  it  resides  within  strategically  targeted  disciplines  as  to  fulfil  

NZ’   objective   of   supplying   products   that   meet   the   demands   of   the   market.   We   have  

mapped   NZ’   internal   R&D   as   the   first   pillar   along   the   x-­‐axis.   External   collaborative  

agreements   with   key   customers   and   universities   come   next.   Here,   work   takes   place  

across  a  variety  of  disciplines  some  of  which  are  new  to  NZ,  hence  these  activities  are  

categorised  further  out  along  the  x-­‐axis.  Considering  the  market  circumstances  and  the  

growth   projections   set   for   NZ,   innovation   and   the   development   of   new   industrial  

application  areas  for  enzyme  technology  are  two  crucial  strategic  objectives  for  the  firm.  

However,   although  NZ’   external   collaborations   indicate  a  higher  degree  of  diversity  of  

the   disciplines   accessed,   collaborations   are   nonetheless   close   to   targeted   disciplines  

relative   to  NZ  business   (TLS,   TRMU,   2011).   For   example,   external   collaborations  with  

key   customers   are   conducted   within   current   industrial   areas   such   as   collaborative  

partnerships   with   P&G20  on   optimizing   detergents,   or   with   Schulstad21  on   optimizing  

                                                                                                               20  http://www.pg.com/  

Page 75: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  73  

enzymes  for  baking  (Ibid.).  University  collaborations  may  indicate  that  NZ  gets  access  to  

more  basic  oriented  scientific  research.  However,  given  NZ  current  focus  aimed  towards  

industrial   applications,   university   collaborations   too   are   found   to   predominately   take  

place   within   known   industrial   application   areas   (TLS;   TRMU,   2011.).   It   becomes  

questionable  whether   the  current   innovation  model,   characterised  by  high  reliance  on  

internal   competences  and  external   collaborations   limited   to  analogous  disciplines,   can  

in   fact   support  NZ   in   its   goal   to   expand   the  market   through  opening  up   for  more  and  

new  industrial  applications.    

Explorative   and   distant   search   relates   not   only   to   acquiring   knowledge   and   ideas  

outside   a   company’s   four  walls,   but  more   importantly   it   invites   knowledge   and   ideas  

from  distant,  unique  and  often  unanticipated  sources  or  connections.  We  infer  that  there  

is  a  lack  of  diversity  in  the  input  NZ  receives  and  incorporates  in  its  innovation  process.  

In   other   words,   a   vast   majority   of   activities   lies   within   the   comfort-­‐zone   of   known  

application   areas.   Furthermore,   a   strong   R&D   organisation   revolving   around   the  

methods  of  the  chain-­‐linked  model  acts  to  reinforce  NZ’  position  in  this  comfort-­‐zone.  As  

an   internal   driver   for   innovation,   the   model   is   currently   sufficient   in   fulfilling   NZ’  

objectives   as   it   supports   the   development   of   products   for   the   market.   However,   the  

model  is  deemed  inadequate  for  enhancing  innovative  capacity  beyond  current  activities.  

We   suggest   that   Novozymes   finds   itself   in   a   cognitive   trap   of   suboptimal   routinized  

exploitative   strategies.   Moreover,   we   claim   that   there   lies   an   opportunity   in   moving  

further  out  along  the  long  tail  of  R&D  to  seek  and  appropriate  distant  and  more  diverse  

sources  of  knowledge.    

6.1.6.  The  emergence  of  revolutionising  technologies  for  enzyme  research  

To   further   assess   why   Novozymes   is   to   benefit   from   explorative   and   more   distant  

sources   of   knowledge   and   ideas,   it   is   of   interest   to   understand   where   revolutionary  

technological   advancements   utilized   by   Novozymes   has   come   from   in   the   past.  

Advancements   within   research   can   be   said   to   fall   into   two   categories:   advancements  

within   basic   science   and   advancements  within   applied   science.  We   have   found   that   a  

number   of   revolutionary   technologies   that   have   radically   impacted   the  way,   in  which  

research  is  conducted  across  a  broad  range  of  fields,  also  have  had  a  significant  impact  

on   the  way   enzyme   research   is   conducted   today.   One   such   example   is   that   of   human                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            21  http://www.schulstad.dk/  

Page 76: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  74  

genome   sequencing   technology,   which   was   initially   developed   to   understand   genetic  

codes  in  humans.  Following  the  notion  presented  by  Bush  (1945)  this  type  of  research  

can  be  classified  as  basic  scientific  research  for  two  reasons.  Firstly,  government  funds  

where  the  supporting  backbone  of  the  research  initiative  -­‐  an  investment  that  very  few  

profit-­‐motivated  companies  would  be  willing  to  bear  due  to  the  uncertainty  of  outcomes.  

And   secondly,   the   aim   of   human   genome   project   was   to   gain   an   understanding   of   a  

particular   scientific   phenomenon.   The   result   of   this   research   project   starting   in   the  

1960’s   turned   out   to   revolutionise   the   scientific   field   of   medicine   through   gaining   a  

better   understanding   of   diseases   and   cures   for   human   beings   (SULO,   2011).   In   the  

beginning   21st   century   the   technology   became  more   accessible   and   a   wider   range   of  

scientific  fields  started  to  incorporate  the  method  for  the  sequencing  of  other  biological  

organisms.    

Since   the   year   2000   genome   sequencing   has   played   a   vital   role   within   the   field   of  

enzymes   and   biotechnology   (SULO,   2011).   Sequencing   is   a   commonly   applied  

technological   process   at   NZ,   which   has   dramatically   eased   the   process   of   finding  

upcoming   enzyme   candidates,   and   opened   up   for   the   ability   to   sequence  

microorganisms,   fungi   and  bacteria.  One   response   from  our   interviews   stated,   “…it  has  

changed  the  way  we  work  with  micro  biotechnology  the  most”  (Ibid.).  This  technological  ability  

is   of   great   value   to   both   the   way   in   which   NZ   works   and   the   external   enzyme  

environment;   it   is   said   that   we   only   know   a   small   share   of   microorganism  what   can  

actually  do.    However  with  the  sequencing  technology  researchers  have  the  potential  to  

grasp  the  full  potential  of  these  organisms  (SALK,  2011).    

Another  important  revolutionising  technological  change  that  NZ  has  encountered  is  that  

of   the   polymerase   chain   reaction   method   (PCR).   Originally   developed   to   detect   the  

mutation  causing  sickle  cell  anemia  in  whole  genomic  DNA  (History  of  PCR,  2011).  The  

PCR  method  replaced  an  unreliable  and   inconsistent  method   that  had  been  developed  

internally   at   NZ,   ultimately   opening   up   for   more   efficient   and   reliable   processes   for  

cloning  microorganisms  with   consistent   outcomes   (SALK,   2011).   The   above   examples  

shed   light  on   the   close   relationship  between   findings   in  basic   science  and   its  ultimate  

impact  on  application-­‐oriented  research.  From  interviews  conducted  we  have  found  that  

significant   advancements   within   the   field   of   enzymes   have   come   from   unanticipated  

sources  within  basic  scientific  research  (SULO;  TRMU;  SALK,  2011).    

Page 77: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  75  

Furthermore,  in  the  theory  section  we  introduced  the  linear  model  to  highlight  that  the  

emergence  of  new  scientific   knowledge,   originating   from  basic   scientific   research,   is   a  

driver  for  initiating  application-­‐oriented  research  (Balconi  et  al.,  2010).  We  find  that  this  

notion  holds  true  in  the  case  of  NZ  as  incorporation  of  basic  scientific  inputs  as  a  tool  in  

application   oriented   scientific   research   has   been   shown   to   comprise   an   essential  

element   in  enhancing  NZ  innovative  capacity  to  date.  Thus,   it  seems  important  that  an  

innovation  model  can  exploit  both   internal  capabilities  as  well  as   tap   into  the  external  

scientific  environment.    

6.1.7.  Conclusion:  analysis  part  I    

The  objective  of  the  first  part  of  the  analysis  has  been  to  assess  the  extent  to  which  the  

current   innovation  model  at  Novozymes   is   conducive   for  effective  external  knowledge  

sourcing.  The  following  concluding  remarks  are  based  on  what  we  have   learned  about  

the   processes   and   procedures   of   R&D   at   NZ.  While   NZ   claims   to   be   engaged   in   both  

incremental  and  radical   innovation  processes,  our  findings   indicate  that  NZ  today  is   in  

fact  rather  limited  to  an  incremental  scope  of  innovation,  and  less  explorative  than  seen  

in   the  past.  Moreover  we   find   that  NZ  predominantly   relies   on  market-­‐pull   logic  with  

regards  to  new  product  development.  As  a  result  we  find  that  both  MBs  and  ADUs  are  

engaged   in   market   captive   R&D   with   a   strong   application   orientation.   Nevertheless,  

some  of  our  findings  also  support  the  presence  of  exploration  activities,  such  as  the  way  

in  which  project  groups  are  formed  with  emphasis  on  cross-­‐disciplinary  teams,  and  by  

means   of   the   external   collaborations   that   NZ   in   fact   engages   in.   Yet,   the   majority   of  

research  and  collaboration  with  external  sources  reside  within  targeted  disciplines  and  

known   industrial   applications   areas.  With   the   challenges   confronting   NZ,   the   current  

model  of  innovation  plays  havoc  with  the  development  of  more  radical  innovation  with  

regards  to  enzyme  technology.  We  thus  infer  that  NZ  is  trapped  in  an  exploitative  model  

of   innovation   geared   for   incremental   innovation.   By   drawing   upon   the   notions   of   the  

linear   model,   we   propose   that   Novozymes   is   to   benefit   from   unguided   search   of  

scientific  opportunities,  thereby  front-­‐loading  the  R&D  organisation  through  expanding  

the   current   innovation  model   to   leverage  basic   science   and  become  more   explorative.  

However,   it   is   deemed   a   complex   challenge   to   engage   in  more   exploration   and   basic-­‐

science   oriented   research   without   compromising   the   present,   very   efficient   yet  

exploitative  model  of  innovation.    

Page 78: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  76  

6.2  Analysis  Part  II  –  Virtual  Innovation  Broker  In   Part   II   of   the   analysis  we   explore   the   second   sub-­‐question   of   our   research   (Q2)   to  

understand  how  a  virtual  community  (VC)  set-­‐up  can  support  the  facilitation  of  external  

knowledge  sourcing.  The  aim   is   to  determine   the  extent   to  which  a  VC  can  extend  NZ’  

innovation  model   to   take   on   a  more   explorative   quality.  We   develop   a   set   of   theory-­‐

based   arguments   for   how   a   number   of   VC   properties   can   help   facilitate   an   enabling  

space   for   exploration.   In   the   first   part   of   the   analysis   we   reached   an   empirical   and  

evidence-­‐based  conclusion  with  point  of  departure  in  the  case  of  NZ;  in  the  second  part  

of   the   analysis   we   mainly   deduce   our   findings   from   theory   and   secondary   case-­‐

observations.  First,  by  combining  theoretical  constructs  from  sociology,  network  theory  

with  the  perspective  of  combinatorial  innovation  we  provide  an  underlying  rationale  for  

why  it  is  valuable  to  tap  into  knowledge  pools  and  opportunities  that  lie  external  to  the  

organization.   Secondly,   by   combining   our   understanding   of   social   structures   and   its  

impact  on  combinatorial  innovations  in  the  light  of  the  idiosyncratic  environment  of  VCs,  

we  arrive  at  a  set  of  enabling  and  inhibiting  properties  of  VCs  for  acting  as  a  vehicle  for  

external  knowledge  sourcing.  The  guiding  hypothesis  in  this  paper  is  that  a  VC  can  act  as  

a  brokerage  function  between  a  firm  and  its  external  environment.  Based  on  this  notion  

we   introduce   our   exposition   of   a   VC   in   this   context   by   developing   the   concept   of   the  

virtual  innovation  broker.  Ultimately,  we  conclude  that  VCs  hold  potential  for  acting  as  a  

virtual  innovation  broker.    

6.2.1.  A  great  place  to  start    Novozymes   (NZ)   is   renowned   for   its   strong   innovative   capacity,   yet  as  outlined   in   the  

first  section  of  the  analysis  we  find  evidence  suggesting  that  NZ  finds  itself  in  a  cognitive  

trap  of  sub-­‐optimal  exploitative  R&D  strategies.  Given   its  current  model  of   innovation,  

NZ   becomes   increasingly   less   likely   to   produce   innovations   on   the   radical   side   of   the  

innovation   continuum22.   Two   broad   conceptualizations   of   innovation   are   considered  

important   in   the   light   of   this   paper:   open   innovation   and   combinatorial   innovation.  

Through  our  interviews  at  NZ  we  have  come  across  two  statements  that  illustrate  these  

two   notions  well.   Per   Falholt,   CSO23  at   NZ   said   that   “…Only  1%  of  enzyme  people  work  at  

Novozymes”  (HDRA,  2011).  Understanding  that  most  smart  people  work  for  someone  else  

is   somehow   the   essence   of   open   innovation.   Thus,   just   as   Procter  &  Gamble   (P&G)   in                                                                                                                  22  The  innovation  spectrum  refers  to  the  continuum  that  spans  from  incremental  to  radical  innovation.  23  CSO:  Chief  Scientific  Officer  

Page 79: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  77  

developing  the  Connect  &  Develop  platform  established  an  understanding  that  for  every  

scientist   employed   at   P&G   there   were   at   least   200   equally   competent   scientists  

elsewhere   (Huston   &   Sakkab,   2006),   NZ   have   reached   a   similar   conclusion.   Second,  

Anders   Ohmann,   Director   of   Global   Customer   Solutions   at   NZ   illustrated   a   way   to  

understand  the  notion  of  discontinuous  (radical)  innovation:  "…the  next  generation  of  cars  

will  likely  be  developed  with  the  help  of  the  car  industry  or  similar  and  related  industries,  however,  

if   the   horse   carriage   industry   had   been   responsible   for   the   development   of   the   next   mode   of  

transportation,   the  car  would  never  have  been   invented”  (AOH,   2011).  A   famous  Henry   Ford  

quote   similarly   goes   “If   I'd   asked  my   customers   what   they   wanted,   they'd   have   said   a   faster  

horse."  In  other  words,  distant  and  often  unanticipated  knowledge  pools  often  contribute  

to  deliver  profound   innovations.  By   the   same   token,  Anders  Ohmann  pointed  out   that  

while   NZ   needs   radically   new   industrial   application   areas   for   its   enzyme   technology,  

these   are   not   likely   to   emerge   from   the   innovation  model   that   NZ   currently   pursues.  

From  the  above  we  can  understand  that  NZ  is  aware  of  two  important  notions:  first  that  

external   sources   are   plenty   and   important,   and   secondly,   that   agents   from   distant  

disciplines  and  fields  will  most  likely  be  those  who  can  provide  the  most  radical  inputs  

for  innovations.    

Nevertheless,  while  it  is  a  great  start,  few  rewards  will  come  from  simply  knowing  that  

valuable   competences   reside   external   to   one’s   organization   and   that   distant   sources  

often  hold  unforeseen  inputs.  The  true  value  lies  in  knowing  how  to  attract  and  explore  

such   resources.   A   first   step   in   this   direction   is   to   understand   the   underlying   reasons  

manifested   in   the   emergence   of   social   structures,   and   the   nature   of   how   ideas   come  

about.  Secondly,  a  mediating  mechanism  of  some  sort  must  be  developed;  where  in  this  

paper   we   have   decided   to   investigate   the   potential   opportunities   that   lie   in   using   a  

virtual  community  set-­‐up  as  a  medium  for  realizing  external  knowledge  sourcing.    

6.2.2.  Structural  holes  and  combinatorial  innovation  In  the  theory  section  we  established  that  the  flow  of  information  is  more  vibrant  within  

than  across  groups  of  people,  such  that  people  develop  similar  views  of  their  history,  of  

behaviors   today,   and   of   how   to   move   into   the   future.   Over   time   information   within  

groups   group   often   becomes   sticky   (von   Hippel,   1994),   which  makes   structural   holes  

appear   in   the   social   fabric   of   communication.   These   holes   are   missing   relations   that  

inhibit   information   to   flow   between   groups.   The   logic   behind   structural   holes   is   that  

Page 80: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  78  

holes  emerge  as  a  result  of  weaker  connections  between  groups.  Moreover,  such  holes  

separate  non-­‐redundant   sources  of   information,   i.e.   on   either   side  of   a   structural   hole  

different   flows   of   information   circulate   (Burt,   2001).   From   understanding   this,   it  

becomes   clear   that   disconnected   people   are   more   likely   than   connected   people   to  

operate   with   different   ideas   and   practices.   Furthermore,   the   more   disconnected   the  

contacts  are  the  more  likely  it  is  that  a  structural  hole  exists  in  between.  Nevertheless,  it  

is  in  the  act  of  bridging  structural  holes  that  things  turn  complicated,  but  also  where  the  

value  of  the  hole  shows  itself.  In  the  book  Ten  Faces  of  Innovation,  authored  by  IDEO’s  

General  Manager  Tom  Kelley  (2005),  he  introduces  the  notion  of  cross-­‐pollinators,  who  

are  human  agents  who  “…draw  associations  and  connections  between  seemingly  unrelated  ideas  

or   concepts   to   break   new   ground”.   Cross-­‐pollination   reverberates   the   notion   of  

combinatorial   innovation   in   that   it   draws   upon   the   principle   of   combining   or  

reconfiguring   distributed   ideas   and   turning   them   into   innovations.   Thus,   novel  

combinations  can  be  understood  to  potentially  emerge  through  bridging  structural  holes.  

The   bridge   relation   that   spans   structural   holes   is   however   not   to   be   understood   as   a  

guarantee,  it  is  a  probability;  given  the  right  contextual  circumstances  a  connection  can  

bear   fruits.   I.e.   connecting   across   structural   holes   can   increase   the   propensity   of   a  

‘productive  accident’;  or  of  encountering  a  new  opinion  or  practice  not  yet  familiar  to  e.g.  

colleagues;  or  of  envisioning  a  new  synthesis  of  existing  opinion  or  practice  (Burt,  2011).  

Furthermore,   to  bridge   is   not   a   forthright   endeavor   and   the   literature  often  point   out  

that  a   certain  brokerage  function   is  key   for  bridging   the  holes   -­‐   a   function   that  will  be  

elaborated  upon  in  the  following  section  in  the  context  of  a  virtual  communities.        

6.2.3.  The  Virtual  Innovation  Broker  

In  the  context  of  structural  holes,  the  notion  of  brokers  or  brokerage  functions  have  been  

introduced   to   address   that   certain   agents,   connected   to   multiple   and   distributed  

networks,   are   able   to   act   as   intermediaries   and   potentially   broker   information   and  

aggregate   ideas   arising   across   different/distant   networks   (Kleinberg   et   al.,   2008).   In  

other  words,   the  bridging  of  structural  holes   is  often  understood  to  occur  by  means  of  

brokerage   (Burt,   2000).   In   the   literature   brokerage   functions   have   traditionally   been  

anthropomorphized,   i.e.   taken   the   shape   of   human   agents.   Given   that   most   people  

require   nudging   before   realizing   the   value   of,   or   even   discussing   ideas   from,   outside  

their  regular  work  group,  a  few  people  do  (Burt,  2001).  Such  individuals  are  often  better  

connected   across   networks   and   can   act   as   natural   brokers   of   information.   To   our  

Page 81: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  79  

knowledge  the  idea  of  a  virtual  brokerage  function  has  not  yet  been  proposed  in  extant  

literature.   In   this  part   of   the   analysis  we  would   like   to   explore   the  notion  of  what  we  

refer   to   as   the   virtual   innovation  broker   (VIB)   -­‐  a   virtual   community   that   intrinsically  

acts  as  a  broker  of  information  and  innovation  across  remote  actors  or  networks.  While  

the   term   virtual   suggest   that   any   digital   communication   device   or   platform   for  

interacting  virtually  is  captured  by  this  concept,  we  have  delimited  the  scope  of  our  case  

study   to   investigate   the   role   of   a   VC   in   this   context.   After   all,   the   notion  VC   has   been  

identified  as  the  most  profound  manifestation  of  communication  taking  place  across  the  

Internet.  In  using  the  term  VIB  we  wish  to  emphasize  the  intermediary  role  that  a  VC  can  

play  in  acting  as  a  bridge  between  NZ’  current  innovation  model  and  the  external,  more  

distant  research  environment  not  currently  covered.  

Should   virtual   worlds   be   seen   as   a   completely   new   context   in   which   familiar   social  

processes  take  place,  or  merely  as  an  odd  context  in  which  social  processes  play  out  in  a  

way   not   generalizable   to   the   real   world?   Following   Burt   (2011),   we   see   no   obvious  

reason  for  why  networks  should  operate  very  differently  in  VC  than  across  a  variety  of  

in-­‐real-­‐life  (IRL)  networks,  in  which  their  effects  have  been  reported.  In  Bakshy,  Arrer  &  

Adamic  (2009)  (on  network  contagion  effects,  gesture  diffusion,  social  trends,  fashion  in  

online  vs.  offline  networks)  many  attributes  of  social  networks  are  found  to  be  similar  in  

both  virtual-­‐  as  well  as  IRL  communities.  Moreover,  Burt  (2011)  shows  in  a  study  of  two  

virtual  communities   that   the  underlying  mechanisms   for  structural  holes  and  network  

closure  are   the  same   in  both  online  communities  and   in  offline  communities.  Thus   for  

the   purpose   of   this   paper   we   assume   similarity   between   how   structural   holes   are  

bridged   and   combinatorial   innovations   emerge   in   IRL   communities   and   in   virtual  

communities,   i.e.   understood   as   familiar   social   processes   that   take   place   in   a   new  

context.    

In  developing  the  concept  of  the  virtual  innovation  broker  we  study  the  phenomenon  of  

virtual   communities   and   some   of   its   properties   that   support   more   radical   oriented  

innovative  processes.  These  findings  are  essential  for  the  case  of  NZ,  where  we  propose  

that  a  VC  holds  the  potential  to  facilitate  a  brokerage  function  thus  opening  up  for  more  

radical  innovations  to  emerge.  The  following  subsections  highlight  different  dimensions  

and  properties  of  virtual  communities  that  are  of  particular  interest  for  our  research.      

Page 82: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  80  

Virtual  communities:  structural  holes  vs.  social  capital  It  has  been  found  that  recent  developments  in  ICT  and  the  Internet  have  rapidly  changed  

the  effect  of  space  and  time  on  social  capital  networks  (Social  Capital  Research,  2011).  A  

plethora   of   virtual   communities   has   over   recent   decades   emerged,   essentially  

compressing   the   space-­‐time   continuum  by  offering   cheap   and   fast   connectivity   across  

remote  actors.  It  has  be  disputed  to  what  extent  an  online  community  actually  promotes  

or  facilitates  a  place  for  social  capital  to  grow.  Following  Wellman  (1999)  and  Cummings  

et   al.   (2002),   online   communities   are   not   considered   to   be   “intimate   groups”   due   to  

geographical   dispersion   of   participants,   and   such   dispersal   of   social   networks   should  

come   to   decrease   social   capital   (Putman,   2001).   Moreover,   the   structural   holes  

argument   claims   that   highly   clustered   networks   are   bad   for   innovative   performance  

while  the  social  capital  position  argues  the  opposite.  By  extension,   the  structural  holes  

argument   states   that   un-­‐clustered,   or   more   open   networks   can   enhance   innovative  

capacity.   To   explain   this   discrepancy,   one  must   understand   that   it   takes   dramatically  

different   processes   and   network   structures   for   producing   mature   (incremental)   as  

opposed   to   young   (radical)   innovation.   For   continuous   mature   innovation,   a   dense  

group   of   agents   addressing   similar   issues   are   required   to   create   the   critical  mass   for  

further   innovation   along   the   ‘chosen   path’   (Pyka,   2009).   However   for   a   young  

innovation  to  emerge  redundant  ties  are  less  valuable  and  it  is  important  to  have  rapid  

access   to   distant   information   (geographically,   technologically   and   cognitively)   (Ibid.).  

Conclusively,  structural  holes  are  more  important  and  high  social  capital  less  important,  

for   exploration/radical   innovation   than   for   exploitation/incremental   innovation,   and  

vice  verse.  Thus,  what  a  VC  may  lack  in  capacity  to  ensure  intimacy  across  its  members  

(i.e.   high   social   capital),   it   holds   in   scope   and  distance   across   its  members   (structural  

holes).   In   the   light   of   the   virtual   innovation   broker   and   opportunities   to   facilitate  

unguided   search,   exploration   and   radical   innovation,   the   above   discussion   further  

supports  the  use  of  a  VIB  for  this  purpose.    

6.2.4  Enabling  and  inhibiting  properties  of  virtual  communities    

It   is   argued   in   this   paper   that   VCs   hold   a   number   of   enabling   as   well   as   inhibiting  

properties   for   supporting   external   knowledge   sourcing.   In   the   literature   we   find  

examples   of   both   skeptics   and   enthusiasts   with   regards   to   how   virtual   communities  

influence  social  life,  knowledge  sharing  and  innovation.  The  utility  of  a  VC  is  commonly  

assessed  by  juxtaposing  occasions  in  virtual  communities  to  analogous  occasions  in  real-­‐

Page 83: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  81  

life   (IRL)   communities.   First   of   all,   in   real-­‐life   communities   geographical   dispersion   is  

often   seen   an   obstacle,   however   in   virtual   communities   it   is   rather   understood   as   an  

opportunity,  where  diverging   ideas   and  viewpoints   of   remote   actors   can   convene   and  

synergize   (Leary   &   Fontahina,   2007).   Furthermore,   in   case   that   the   mutual   topic   of  

interest  is  narrow,  a  large  scope  is  often  required  as  local  reach  would  not  be  enough  for  

a  community  to  take  form.  Take  for  example   ‘Savvyauntie.com’  that  gathers  thousands  

of  aunties  from  across  to  world  online  to  share  experiences,  and  offers  tools  such  as  an  

‘Auntiepedia’.  It  has  been  described  as  a  modern  approach  to  share  and  celebrate  aunt-­‐

hood  (Savvyauntie.com,  2011).  Such  a  community  is  quite  unlikely  to  prosper  in  a  real  

life   setting.   Secondly,   virtual   communities   hold   potential   to   overcome   some   of   the  

asocial   effects   of   social   interaction.   E.g.   prejudice   is   less   likely   to   limit   formation   of  

relationships,  as  interactions  are  of  a  more  anonymous  nature  online.  Thirdly,  in  virtual  

communities   the   impact   of   differing  demographic   attributes   across  members   (such   as  

gender,  class,  ethnicity,  age  etc.)  is  less  likely  to  inflict  relationships  and  ultimately  also  

information   and   knowledge   sharing,   as   sometimes   seen   in   traditional   “in   real   life”  

communities   (Leary   &   Fontahina,   2007).   Fourthly,   from   the   literature   we   know   that  

physical   communities   more   often   than   not   suffer   from   cognitive,   disciplinary   and  

organizational  separation.  I.e.  people  tend  to  group  with  likeminded  people,  from  within  

those  disciplines  and  organizations  (workplace,  school,  etc.)  to  which  they  belong.  Given  

the   nature   of   social   interaction   in   virtual   communities,   such   barriers   are   to   a   certain  

extent   evaded.   Finally,   according   to   Rheingold   (1993),   the   main   advantage   of   online  

communities  is  that  they  hold  potential  to  bring  social,  intellectual,  professional,  and  not  

the   least   political,   leverage   to   ordinary   citizens   at   low   cost.   As   we   see,   virtual  

communities  hold  a  number  of  positive  attributes  for  overcoming  challenges  that  often  

arise  in  real-­‐life  communities.    

Nevertheless,   while  much   of   the   literature   address   the  many   positive   externalities   of  

virtual   communities,   not   all   literature   portrays   virtual   communities   (VCs)   in   such   a  

positive   light.  Fernback  wittily  argues  "…the  term  virtual  community  is  more  indicative  of  an  

assemblage  of  people  being   'virtually'  a  community  than  being  a  real  community   in  the  nostalgic  

sense"  (1999:217).  A  number  of  barriers  have  been  identified  that  VCs  have  a  hard  time  

to  overcome.  First,  in  certain  fields,  such  as  the  sciences,  cutting  edge  knowledge  may  be  

difficult   to   disseminate   to   large   groups   since   it  may   require   specialised   expertise   and  

Page 84: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  82  

may   be   difficult   to   aggregate   or   represent   (Olson  &  Olson,   2000;   Bos   et   al,   2007).   As  

highlighted   by   Nooteboom,   “new   distant-­‐shrinking   technologies   [i.e.   ICT]   are   unlikely   to  

undermine   the   value   of   proximity,   because   the   diffusion   of   codified   knowledge   amplifies   rather  

than   devalues   the   significance   of   local   tacit   knowledge”   (1999:136).   Due   to   the   complex  

nature  of   tacit  knowledge,  direct  and  close   face-­‐to-­‐face   interaction   is  essential   for  new  

technological   development   (Ibid.).   A   second   barrier   is   the   unpredictable   shifts   in  

memberships  of  a  VC.    Wenger  et  al.  (2002)  pointed  out  that  membership  is  fluid  in  its  

composition,   thus  hard  work   is   required   for   the   community   to  develop   and   grow   -­‐   to  

maintain   energy   and  a  high  degree  of   participation.  Thirdly,   all   large-­‐scale,  multi-­‐user  

communities  and  online  social  networks  that  rely  on  users  to  contribute  content  or  build  

services   have   been   found   to   share   one   universal   property:  a   tiny   minority   of   users  

usually  accounts  for  a  disproportionately  large  amount  of  the  content  and  participation,  

while  a  large  majority  lurk  in  the  background.  This  phenomenon  of  online  participation  

inequality  was  first  studied  by  Hill  et  al.  (1992)  and  has  been  confirmed  in  a  number  of  

more   recent   studies   (e.g.   McConnell   &   Huba,   2006).   Findings   from   such   studies   have  

resulted   in   the  90-­‐9-­‐1  rule:  1%  of  people  create  content  (creators),  9%  edit  or  modify  

that  content  (contributors),  and  90%  view  the  content  without  contributing  (lurkers).    

Figure  6.5:  Online  Participation  Inequality  

 

We   recognize   that   virtual   communities   comprise   a   set  of  both  enabling  and   inhibiting  

properties   for   creating   and   implementing   a   successful   virtual   community   (appendix  5  

for  an  exhaustive   list).  Nonetheless,   as  highlighted   in   the  delimitation  of  our   research,  

we   take   a   particular   interest   in   the   enabling   properties   for   facilitation   of   external  

knowledge   sourcing.   We   wish   to   highlight   that   VC   are   found   to   have   the   capacity   to  

overcome   three   fundamental  barriers   that  are  of  particular   interest   in   the   light  of  our  

research:    

Page 85: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  83  

1. Temporal  barriers  

2. Spatial  barriers  

3. Barriers  of  cognitive-­‐,  disciplinary-­‐  and  organizational  separation  

By   overcoming   obstacles   of   time   and   space,   connections   and   interactions   amongst  

members  can  to  a  larger  extent  take  place  at  the  convenience  of  the  individual  member.  

While,   IRL   communities   are   constrained   by   the   prerequisite   that   members   must  

physically  meet  at  a  particular  time  and  place  (Burt,  2011),  a  VC  can  span  geographical  

distance  and  bridge  distant  networks.  This  supports  the  function  of  potential  brokerage  

of  previously  inconceivable  structural  holes,  as  these  connections  in  the  network  would  

not   naturally   have   emerged.   Furthermore,   as  we   are   exploring   the   potential   to   grasp  

more   distant   sources   of   knowledge   to   spur   the   emergence   of   radical   innovations,   the  

dimension  of  cognitive-­‐,  disciplinary-­‐,  and  organizational  separation  are  of  importance.  

In   the   theoretical   section   we   established   that   network   structures   characterized   by   a  

higher  degree  of  heterogeneity  might  in  fact  open  up  for  more  radical  innovations  (Lynn  

et   al.,   1994;  Burt,   2005).  This   is   because  more  heterogeneous   communities   are  not   to  

such   a   large   extent   confined   by   mutual   ties,   established   norms   or   redundancy   of  

information   benefits,   otherwise   characterized   as   being   supporting   factors   for   the  

emergence   of   incremental   innovations   (Burt,   1997).   In   the   case   of   a   VC,   we   see   the  

opportunity   overcoming   barriers   of   cognitive,   disciplinary   and   organizational  

separation,  potentially  stimulating  the  emergence  of  more  radical  innovation.  We  follow  

up  on  this  discussion  in  part  II  of  the  analysis  in  the  light  of  obstacles  of  ambidexterity.    

6.2.5.  Trends  in  community  life  online    Thus  far,  we  have  introduced  theoretical  arguments  for  why  a  virtual  innovation  broker  

can  act  to  facilitate  the  brokerage  of  structural  holes  and  thereby  open  up  for  new  inputs  

for   combinatorial   innovations.   However,   it   is   also   important   to   assess   whether   the  

notion  of  a  VC  fits  into  the  context  of  a  firm  that  resides  in  a  science-­‐based  industry.  In  

doing  so  we  have  identified  a  number  of  generic  trends  regarding  the  use  of  VCs  as  well  

as  gained  insights  through  an  online  survey  where  we  asked  a  group  of  researchers  and  

biotech   students   about   their   habits   and   preferences   for   interacting   online.   Our   data  

suggests   that   online   interactions   are  not   just   a   frivolous   social   endeavor  but   that   it   is  

becoming  a  professional   act,   as   researchers   increasingly   seek   to   share  knowledge  and  

collaborative  partners  online.    

Page 86: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  84  

Based  on  the  ever-­‐increasing  number  of  members  of  large  VCs  we  sat  out  to  investigate  

if  the  adoption  rate  is  also  increasing  on  a  generic  level.  This  would  point  out  that  VC  life  

on  a  macro  level  is  becoming  a  more  integrated  part  of  peoples’  lives.  By  comparing  the  

time  it  took  for  the  four  largest  virtual  communities  today,  we  found  intriguing  evidence  

of   a  dramatic   increase   in   the   rate  of   adoption.  Calculating   the  days   it   took   from  when  

these   communities   were   founded   until   they   reached   20  million   users,   we   identify   an  

exponential  development  in  rate  of  adoption  (see  figure  6.5).  LinkedIn  founded  in  2003  

took  nearly  2000  days  to  reach  20  million  users,  whereas  Google+  launched  in  2011  only  

took  24  days.  While  there  certainly  are  many  variables   in  play  for  this  development,   it  

hard  to  neglect  that  user  adoption  rates  most  positively  have  increased  over  the  years.      

Figure  6.5:  Time  to  reach  20  million  users  

 

Source:  www.mashable.com  

 

A   second   finding   from   browsing   a   number   of   blogs   and   other   social   media   news  

websites   is   that   social   media   is   increasingly   becoming   a   popular   instrument   among  

scientists.   Niche   communities   are   sprouting   up   all   over   the   web   (Appendix   4   for  

exhaustive  list  of  identified  of  niche  science  and  related  VCs).  We  can  thus  infer  that  the  

scientific  community24  is  becoming  more  responsive  towards   interaction  across  VCs.  A  

plethora   of   communities   is   emerging   with   devoted   interests   in   particular   fields   of  

research.  Many  of   these  are  also  of  a   rather   cross-­‐disciplinary  nature  where  scientists  

meet  from  across  broad  array  of  fields.    

                                                                                                               24  The  scientific  community  consists  of  the  total  body  of  scientists,  its  relationships  and  interactions  (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scientific_community)    

Page 87: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  85  

In   summary,   two   supporting   arguments   are   put   forward   in   the   above:   1)   Virtual  

community   rate   of   adoption   is   increasing   dramatically   on   a   macro   level   and   2)   the  

scientific   community   is   becoming   more   prone   to   engage   in   online   community   life,  

substantiated   by   the   emergence   of  more   niche-­‐online   communities  within   the   field   of  

scientific  research.    

Online  survey  A   historical   and   well-­‐documented   notion   is   that   a   scientist’s   motivation   for   doing  

research   to  a   large  extent   is   intrinsic,   i.e.   “it  cannot  be  enforced…it  must  come  as  product  of  

enthusiasm   that   an   individual   feel   towards   his   work”   (Glaser,   1965:1).   Findings   from   our  

online  survey  provide  indications  that  substantiate  the  above  statement  by  Glaser.  Here  

we  found  that  a  large  majority  of  our  online  survey  respondents  showed  a  high  sense  of  

professional  pride  in  their  line  of  work  (i.e.  researching).  More  than  80%  indicated  that  

they   enjoy   being   able   to   help   others,   that   they   took   pride   in   assisting   others   with  

problem   solving   and   idea   development.   More   than   70%   indicated   that   being   able   to  

discuss  and  elaborate  on  research   findings  and  contemplations  with  other  researchers  

drives   them.   Responses   related   to   the   scientist   motivation   for   engaging   in   research  

further  reflect  the  findings  of  Glaser.  35%  replied  that  it  was  their  passion  for  the  field  

and   27%   stated   that   it   was   their   interest   in   expanding   the   pool   of   knowledge   that  

motivated   them   (appendix   2).   Our   online   survey   provides   indications   that   scientists  

aspire  to  interact  with  likeminded  people  who  share  their  enthusiasm,  and  that  they  also  

value  such  activities   in  an  online  context.  Furthermore,  amongst  the  respondent  group  

from  our  online  survey  we  were  able  to  spot  similar  trends  as  highlighted  in  above.  Our  

results  point  out  that  researchers  and  biotech  students  increasingly  use  the  Internet  as  a  

source   for   networking,   collaboration   and   knowledge   (Appendix   2).   Furthermore,  with  

regards   to   the   online   behavior   of   the   respondents,   more   than   70%   saw   value   in  

contributing   on   online   platforms,   and   more   than   60%   indicated   that   they   could   see  

themselves  actively  partake  in  discussions  and  problem-­‐solving  activities  online.  

Findings   from   our   online   survey   indicate   that   researchers   see   value   in   being   able   to  

collaborate  with  other  like-­‐minded  people,  and  furthermore,  to  do  so  through  a  virtual  

community.   In   the   light   of   this   thesis   these   arguments   are   important   as   they   indicate  

that   virtual   communities   are   increasingly   adopted   as   a   knowledge   sharing   and  

collaboration  tool,  also  used  by  researchers.  We  thus  infer  that  this  behavior  on  part  of  

Page 88: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  86  

the  researchers  further  supports  our  hypothesis  that  a  virtual  community  hold  potential  

to  act  as  vehicle  for  external  knowledge  sourcing.    

6.2.6.  Conclusion:  analysis  part  II  In  the  second  part  of  the  analysis  the  objective  has  been  to  explore  the  phenomenon  of  

virtual   communities   in   the  context  of   innovation  and  external  knowledge  sourcing.  By  

drawing  upon  notions  of   social   capital,   structural  holes  and  brokerage   in   combination  

with  a  number  of  virtual  community  attributes  we  point  out  that  VCs  hold  the  potential  

to  bring  together  remote  actors,   that  would  not  otherwise  naturally  meet.   In  this   light,  

we   develop   the   concept   of   the   virtual   innovation   broker   to   highlight   the   enabling  

properties   of   a   VC   in   acting   as   a   mechanism   for   bridging   structural   holes   across  

dispersed  networks.  In  this  effort  we  highlight  the  social  context  and  point  out  that  VCs  

can  overcome  temporal  and  spatial  barriers  as  well  as  barriers  of  cognitive,  disciplinary  

and   organizational   separation,   all   commonplace   in   in-­‐real-­‐life   communities.   We   find  

supporting  evidence  of  general  trends  in  online  community  life  further  suggesting  that  

virtual   communities   are   becoming   a   more   integrated   part   of   people’s   life.   Moreover,  

niche  communities  centred  on  particular  areas  of  interest  is  yet  another  emerging  trend.  

Here  we  find  that  researcher-­‐oriented  communities  are  finding  the  Internet  increasingly  

useful   as   tool   for   carrying   out   research,   to   collaborate,   share   and   receive   knowledge  

input.   In   an   effort   to   quantify   these   trends   we   conducted   an   online   survey,   where  

respondents  to  a  large  extent  confirmed  our  claims.  Thus,  by  combing  theory,  literature  

and  illustrative  cases  we  find  support  for  our  hypothesis,  i.e.  that  the  utility  of  a  virtual  

innovation   broker   in   the   given   context   is   potentially   high.   In   light   of   taking   an  

explorative   research   approach,   we   find   reason   to   be   optimistic   with   regards   to   the  

potential  of  a  virtual  community  in  acting  as  a  virtual  innovation  broker  and  opening  up  

for  more  distant  and  explorative  inputs  to  the  current  innovation  model  at  Novozymes.    

Nevertheless,   we   recognize   that   our   arguments   are   inadequate   in   order   for   us   to  

conclude   with   certainty   that   a   VC   can   become   an   explorative   arm   of   Novozymes  

innovation  model.  To  provide  a  more  comprehensive  view  of  VCs  and  explorative  R&D,  

in  the  third  and  final  part  of  the  analysis  we  address  the  VIB  in  the  light  of  the  notion  of  

optimal  scope  in  external  knowledge  sourcing  and  obstacles  of  ambidexterity.  

Page 89: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  87  

6.3  Analysis  Part  III  –  The  Ambidextrous  Innovation  Model  Through  the  first  and  second  part  of  the  analysis  we  confirm  that  the  current  innovation  

model  at  Novozymes   is   limited   in   its  explorative   scope,   and   that   literature  and   theory  

support  our  notion  of  the  virtual  innovation  broker  as  possible  tool  to  expand  the  scope  

of  NZ’  innovation  model  through  facilitation  of  an  enabling  space  for  external  knowledge  

sourcing.    

With  support  from  literature  and  theory  we  argue  that  the  propensity  to  produce  more  

radical   innovation   increases  with  distance   or   separation   of   actors.  However   too  much  

distance   may   render   information   irrelevant   and   incomprehensible   (Parjanen,   2011).  

Thus  there  seems  to  be  a  limit  to  the  scope  of  explorative  R&D  activities.  We  raise  two  

issues  to  be  addressed  in  the  third  and  final  part  of  the  analysis:  how  can  the  notion  of  

optimal   scope   be   understood,   and   how   can   the   virtual   innovation   broker   (VIB)   be  

illustrated  as   tool   for  ambidextrous   innovation?  We  confine  our  argumentation   in   this  

section  to  a  conceptual  level,  i.e.  we  do  not  aim  to  address  specific  functional-­‐  and  design  

attributes   of   a   potential   VC-­‐platform,   but   rather   by   utilizing   prevailing   concepts   in  

network-­‐  and  innovation  theory  highlight  the  notion  of  scope  in  unguided  distant  search  

for  science-­‐based  firms,  such  as  NZ.  Here  we  seek  to  illustrate  the  notion  optimal  scope  

in   the   presence   of   virtual   communities   and   unguided   search.   In   the   light   of   the  

exploitation-­‐exploration   dichotomy,   literature   on   ambidexterity   provides   evidence   of  

how  balancing  exploitative  and  explorative  strategies  often  are  found  difficult  for  firms  

to  achieve.  Given  the  set  of  properties  identified  in  the  second  part  of  the  analysis,  here  

we  assess  the  degree  to  which  a  virtual  community  can  be  understood  as  a  tool  that  can  

make  way  for  an  ambidextrous  innovation  model.    

6.3.1.  Optimal  Scope  Continuum  In  the  theoretical  discussion  section  we  highlighted  that  diversity  of  distance,  cognitive,  

disciplinary   and   organisational,   is   seen   as   a   source   of   innovation   (Harmaakorpi   et   al.,  

2006)   and   often   emphasised   as   a   precondition   for   novel   combinations   to   emerge  

(Parjanen,  2011).  Similarly,  too  high  proximity   is  said  to  induce  a   lack  of  openness  and  

flexibility   towards   new  or   unknown   sources   of   knowledge   (Boschma,   2005;   Parjanen,  

2011).   By   the   same   token,   too   much   distance   may   render   information   irrelevant   or  

incomprehensible.  Nonetheless,  while  high  distance  holds  the  merit  of  novelty  (greater  

variety),   it  also  holds  a  problem  of  communicability   from  a   lack  of  common  ground  of  

Page 90: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  88  

experience,  skills  and  norms.  It  is  thus  important  to  understand  that  cognitive  distance  

must  be  sufficiently  small  to  allow  understanding,  but  sufficiently  large  to  generate  non-­‐

redundant   novel   knowledge.   The   implication   of   this   in   the   context   of   the   virtual  

innovation   broker   implies   that   there   is   a   given   limit   to   the   degree   of   resource  

heterogeneity  -­‐  a  limit  to  the  value  of  the  information  sourced.  We  infer  that  there  is  an  

inverted   U-­‐shaped   relationship   between   resource   heterogeneity   and   input   for   radical  

innovation.     In  the  Optimal  Scope  Continuum  (figure  6.6)  below,  we  have  show  that  as  

cognitive  distance  increases  it  has  a  positive  effect  on  learning  by  interaction  because  it  

yields  opportunities  for  novel  combinations  of  knowledge  and  information.  Diverse  sets  

of  known  and  unknown  information  (i.e.  semi-­‐redundant  information)  are  necessary  for  

the  potential    of  novel  combinations  to  emerge    in    such    settings.    However,    at  a    certain    

Figure  6.6:  The  Optimal  Scope  Continuum  

 

 Source:  Own  model  

point   the   cognitive   distance   becomes   so   large,   inherently   rendering   the   mutual  

understanding  needed  to  utilize  such  opportunities  obsolete,  in  other  words,  resulting  in  

redundancy  of   information.  A  similar   logic  can  be  applied  to  the  notion  of  exploitation  

and   exploration.   Innovation   processes   that   are   characterized   by   a   lower   degree   of  

cognitive  distance,   i.e.   similar   to   those  of  NZ’   innovation  model,   are  prone   to  be  more  

geared   towards   exploitation.   On   the   other   hand,   innovation   processes   that   are  

characterized  by  more  distant  sources  (high  cognitive  distance)  of  information  by  means  

of  explorative  activities  open  up  for  more  radical  innovations.      

Page 91: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  89  

Drawing  on  our  findings  from  part  I  of  the  analysis,  we  understand  that  the  information  

and  knowledge  that  NZ’  has  access  to,  both  internally  through  the  R&D  organization  and  

externally   through   its   collaborative   partnerships,   although   cross-­‐disciplinary   in   its  

nature,  nonetheless   lie  within   already   targeted  disciplines.  We   therefore   infer   that  NZ  

mainly   leverages   sources   characterized   by   a   relatively   low   degree   of   cognitive-­‐,  

disciplinary-­‐   and   organizational   distance,   and   we   map   NZ   at   the   far   left   end   of   the  

optimal  scope  continuum  (see   figure  6.6).  The   information  here   is  of  a  non-­‐redundant  

character,  which  places  NZ  in  a  position  to  conduct  primarily  market  captive  R&D.  We  

infer  that  information  and  knowledge  that  resides  further  out  along  NZ’  long  tail  of  R&D  

(see  analysis  part  I,  figure  6.4)  in  the  external  environment  provides  information  that  is  

of   a   semi-­‐redundant   and   redundant   character.   Such   information   is   of   value   to   an  

organization   in   producing   novel   input   for   innovation.   In   the   past  where  NZ’  model   of  

innovation  was  more  driven  by  a  technology-­‐push  and  explorative  approach,  NZ  gained  

access   to  more   basic   scientific   oriented   input.   One   example   highlighted  was   the   DNA  

sequencing   technology,  which  ultimately  had  an   important   impact  on   the  processes  of  

innovation  at  NZ.  The  technology  was  originally  developed  to  sequence  human  genomes  

in  1960’s,  and  at  the  time  it  could  be  categorized  as  redundant  relative  to  NZ.  When  the  

technology   was   adapted   to   fit   other   fields   of   research   information,   became   semi-­‐

redundant  and  later  non-­‐redundant,  so  that  NZ  in  2000  was  in  a  position  to  assimilate  

the  technology  into  its  R&D  processes.  We  know  from  theory  and  from  the  analysis  part  

I   of  NZ,   that  basic   scientific   inputs  are  of   value   to  application  oriented  R&D,  however,  

such   information   must   reside   within   the   optimal   cognitive-­‐,   disciplinary-­‐   and  

organizational   distance,   i.e.   of   a   non-­‐redundant,   or   preferably   and   semi-­‐redundant  

nature   to   be   of   value   for   a   firm   such   as   NZ.   It   is   argued   here,   that   by   being   more  

explorative,  a  science-­‐based  firm  can  gain  realize  the  value  from  developments  in  basic  

science  at  a  faster  rate.    

What  the  precise  optimal  scope  of  distance  is  can  be  very  difficult  to  assess.    However,  

the   optimal   scope   can   be   defined   according   to   when   information   moves   from   being  

semi-­‐redundant   to   being   completely   redundant,   i.e.   when   the   mutual   understanding  

needed  to  assimilate  new  information  is  no  longer  apparent,  and  therefore  not  of  value  

for   the   given   innovation  process.  Hence,   the  optimal   scope   continuum  recognises   that  

both  exploitation  and  exploration  are  of  value  for  a  given  innovation  process,  and  that  

Page 92: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  90  

once  distant  and  more  explorative  information  becomes  redundant  in  the  given  context,  

it  provides  an  indication  of  where  outer  limits  of  exploration  resides,  hence  also  where  

the   optimal   scope   is   be   identified.   We   thus   conclude   that   although   it   holds   great  

potential   to   draw   in   more   explorative   and   distant   sources   of   knowledge,   there   is  

essentially   a   limit   to   the   value   of   exploration.   Bearing   this   finding   in   mind,   in   the  

following  section  we  on  to  address  how  an  organisation  can  balance  the  two  activities  of  

exploitation  and  exploration  and  the  role  a  VIB  can  play  in  this  context.      

6.3.2.  Overcoming  obstacles  to  ambidexterity  

Ambidexterity   can   be   understood   as   the   interplay   between   exploitation  

(stability/incremental   innovation)   and   exploration   (flexibility/radical   innovation).  

According  to  March,  exploitation  includes  such  things  as  refinement,  choice,  production,  

efficiency,   selection,   implementation,   and   execution.   Exploration   on   the   other   hand  

includes  things  captured  by  terms  such  as  search,  variation,  risk  taking,  experimentation,  

play,  discovery,  and  discontinuous  innovation  (1991:71).  Levinthal  and  March  state  that,  

“an  organization  that  engages  exclusively  in  exploration  will  ordinarily  suffer  from  the  fact  that  it  

never  gains  the  returns  of  its  knowledge”  (1993:105).  In  contrast,  firms  mainly  in  pursuit  of  

exploitation   usually   achieve   returns   that   are   proximate   and   predictable,   but   not  

necessarily   sustainable.   March   (1991)   proposes   that   exploitation   and   exploration   are  

two   fundamentally   different   learning   activities   between   which   firms   divide   their  

attention   and   resources.   Furthermore,   given   the   profit-­‐seeking   nature   of   firms,  

exploitation  is  often  chosen  over  exploration,  much  as  seen  in  the  case  of  NZ.  Similarly,  a  

one-­‐sided   focus   on   exploitation   is   said   to   enhance   short-­‐term   performance,   but   may  

result  in  ending  up  in  competency  trap  (Ahuja  &  Lampert,  2001).    

Exploitation   and   exploration   are   also   said   to   require   fundamentally   different  

organizational   structures   and   contexts   in   which   different   types   if   innovation   can   be  

expected   to   emerge   (Raisch   &   Birkinshaw,   2008).   Tushman   &   Smith   (2002)   describe  

incremental   innovations   (designed   to  meet   existing   customers’   needs)   as   exploitative,  

and   radical   innovations   (designed   to   meet   the   needs   of   emergent   customers)   as  

explorative.  Levinthal  and  March  conclude  that   long-­‐term  survival  and  success  depend  

on   an   organization’s   ability   to   “engage   in   enough   exploitation   to   ensure   the   organization’s  

current  viability  and  to  engage  in  enough  exploration  to  ensure  future  viability”  (1993:105).    

Page 93: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  91  

The  above  notions  are  important  to  understand  when  assessing  a  virtual  community  as  

a  mechanism  to  balance  exploration  and  exploitation  of  R&D  activities.  In  the  literature  

we   find   primarily   two   suggestions   of   how   organizations   can   balance   and   synchronize  

exploitative  and  explorative  strategies.  The  first  proposes  that  firms  should  externalize  

either   exploitative   or   explorative   activities   (Lavie   &   Rosenkopf,   2006;   Rothaermel   &  

Deeds,   2004).   The   second   argue   that   it   is   crucial   to   carry   out   the   two   activities   at   a  

different  time  and  place  so  they  do  not  plow  into  one  another  (Venkatraman,  Lee,  &  Iyer,  

2007).   Nevertheless,   March’s   (1991)   position   is   that   exploitation   and   exploration   are  

two   facets  of  organizational   learning   that  are   inseparable,   and  some  scholars  argue   in  

favor   of   creating   loosely   coupled   organizations   in   which   the   explorative   units   are  

strongly  buffered  against  the  exploitative  units  (Levinthal,  1997;  Weick,  1976).  Echoing  

this,   other   scholars   propose   that  maintaining   exploration   and   exploitation   as   parallel  

activities   is  not  enough  to  bring  value  to  the  firm  (Jansen  et  al.,  2009).  Furthermore,   it  

has  been  stated  that  it  is  necessary  to  integrate  these  two  activities  in  order  to  achieve  

"unity  of   effort  among   the   various   subsystems   in   the  accomplishment  of   the  organization's   task"  

(Lawrence  and  Lorsch,  1967:123).    

On  the  contrary  Christensen  et  al.  (1998)  postulate  that  exploratory  activities  need  to  be  

‘completely  separated’  from  exploitative  units  to  be  able  to  pursue  disruptive  innovation.  

This   notion   is   further   supported   by   Raisch   et   al.   who   emphasize   the   importance   of  

"subdivision  of  tasks  into  distinct  units  that  tend  to  develop  appropriate…contexts  for  exploitation  

and  exploration"   (2009:   686).   I.e.   if   boundaries   are   too   permeable   between   explorative  

and   exploitative   units,   constraints   imposed   by   exploitation  may   “…stifle  exploration  and  

reduce  its  radius”  (Ibid.)  Conversely,  variations  and  changes  involved  by  exploration  may  

destabilize  exploitative  processes  (Raisch  et  al,  2009).    

It  seems  as  though  it  can  be  argued  whether  the  two  activities  should  be  integrated  or  

not.   We   believe   that   both   arguments   hold   merit   in   their   own   right.   Separation   of  

activities   is   crucial   to   avoid   interference,   yet   in   order   to   realize   the   value   of   novel  

combination   that   emerges   in   explorative   structures,   information   and   knowledge  must  

somehow   be   internalized   into   a   process   of   market   captive   R&D   where  

commercialization  can   take  place.  As  pointed  out,  we  have  delimited  our  paper  not   to  

address  how  knowledge  is  to  be  internalized,  appropriated  or  absorbed  and  we  thereby  

pay  particular  attention  to  how  activities  can  be  separated.    

Page 94: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  92  

Obstacles   to   ambidexterity   has   been   well   documented   in   extant   literature,   but   he  

essential   challenge   resides   in  dealing  with  both  exploration  and  exploitation   in  amore  

balanced  way,  without  interference  between  the  two.  In  Raisch  &  Birkinshaw  (2009)  we  

learn   about   two   solutions   for   overcoming   obstacles   to   ambidexterity.   The   first   is   a  

balance-­‐type   solution   assuming   the   development   of   a   hybrid   of   strategies   that   can  

accommodate  for  both  activities  simultaneously.  The  second  lies  in  achieving  spatial  and  

temporal   separation   of   activities   through   formation   of  parallel   structures.   The   latter   is  

often  addressed  by   the   theory  of  punctuated  equilibrium   that   states   that  organizations  

can   oscillate   between   exploitation   and   exploration   in   an   iterative   fashion   to   avoid  

interference   by   parallel   activities,   yet   allow   for   both   to   take   place   recursively.   This,  

however,  requires  an  unusual  capacity  for  swift  organizational  shifts,  which  is  not  very  

commonplace  among   larger  organizations   (Raisch  &  Birkinshaw   (2009).  Nevertheless,  

the  above  is  of  high  interest  in  the  light  of  this  thesis,  as  we  infer  that  a  VC  set  up  can  be  

viewed  upon  as  an  explorative  arm  (add-­‐on  to  the  current  innovation  model  at  NZ)  thus  

opening  up  for  such  parallel  structures  of   innovative  activity.   If  we  recall  part  II  of  the  

analysis   where   a   set   properties   of   virtual   communities   was   outlined,   we   emphasized  

three   key   enabling   factors   of   virtual   communities   for   acting   as   a   vehicle   for   external  

knowledge   sourcing   and   search:   virtual   communities   overcome   temporal   and   spatial  

barriers,   as  well   as   barriers   of   cognitive-­‐,   disciplinary-­‐   and   organizational   separation.  

Basically,   this   thesis   is  exploring  the  utility  of  a  virtual   innovation  broker  to  overcome  

obstacles  to  ambidexterity,  and  based  on  the  above  we  suggest  that  on  a  conceptual  level  

there   seems   to   be   room   for   a   fit.   The   solution   called   for   in   the   literature   can   be  

interpreted   as   a  mechanism   for   carrying   out   explorative   activities  without   disturbing  

exploitative  actives  and  routines.  As  such,  we  find  that  VIB  to  be  particularly  well  suited  

for   the   task.   In   a   sense,   the   VC   can   be   thought   of   as   a   second   order   function   that  

safeguards  the  dynamics  of  the  organization  by  overcoming  the  contradictory  challenge  

of  stability  (exploitation)  vs.  flexibility  (exploration).  In  the  light  of  our  case  company,  by  

means  of  having  access  to  a  network  that  exists  virtually  the  idea  is  that  NZ  can  be  more  

able   to   balance   the   countervailing   processes   of   exploitation   and   exploration   and   thus  

able   to  capitalize  on  a  more  ambidextrous   innovation  model.  Moreover,   through  a  VIB  

NZ  can  potentially  rely  on  virtual  and  sparse  networks  during  exploration  and  utilize  in-­‐

real-­‐life   teams   or   tightly   bounded   groups   during   exploitation.   In   addition,   the   virtual  

innovation  broker  can  be  hibernated   if  activities  on  the  virtual  platform  interfere  with  

Page 95: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  93  

(steal   attention   from)   the   exploitative   strategies   carried   out   by   the   in-­‐house   R&D  

organization,  providing  a  means  to  oscillate  as  proposed  by  Raisch  &  Birkinshaw  (2009).    

March   (1991)   points   out   that   whereas   hierarchical   structures   are   more   efficient   in  

exploitation,  one  should  rely  on  external  networks  during  exploration.  We  echo  March  

(1991)   in   that   external   networks   are   key   in   exploration   and  move   on   to   suggest   that  

such  networks  can  be  successfully  leveraged  by  means  of  a  virtual  innovation  broker.  In  

this   respect,   given   the   choice   of   architectural   attributes,   a   virtual   community   can  

function  as  a  considerably  ‘flat’  network.  Similarly,  following  Tushman  &  O'Reilly  (1996),  

we  learn  that  while  exploitation  is  better  served  by  bureaucratic  structures,  exploration  

is  better  supported  by  organic  structures.  In  this  light,  the  notion  of  NZ  utilizing  a  virtual  

community   for   exploration   receives   further   support,   assuming   that   structure   and  

development   of   a   virtual   researcher   community   is   more   organic   than   the   structure  

found  at  NZ’  R&D  organization.  

In   support   of   our   claim,   along   the   lines   of  Danzinger  &  Dumbach   (2008),  we  propose  

that   ambidextrous   organizational   attributes   indicate   that   a   possible   way   to   create  

discontinuous   innovation   lies   in  what   is   referred   to   as  open   innovation   instruments.  A  

plethora   of   open   innovation   instruments   exists   (e.g.   virtual   communities),   and   such  

instruments   are   said   to   be   suitable   for   supporting   ambidextrous   organizational  

capabilities  (Ibid.).  In  sum,  we  infer  that  a  VC  indeed  holds  potential  to  can  act  as  a  tool  

to  overcome  obstacles  of  ambidexterity.    

6.3.3.  Ambidextrous  innovation    A   virtual   innovation   broker   (VIB)   is   a   complex   socio-­‐technical   structure,   and   its  

underlying   architecture   relies   on   a   fundamental   understanding   of   the   interaction  

between  people  and  technology.  In  this  paper,  we  go  beyond  addressing  interface-­‐  and  

communication  tools  design,  and  turn  to  the  question  of  scope.  In  the  case  of  Novozymes  

the  VIB  is  by  definition  earmarked  to  act  as  tool  for  integrating  human  agents  who  are  to  

some  extent  cognitively  distant   from  one  another,  as   to  produce  broader   inputs   to  NZ  

R&D   organization.   In   the   light   of   structural   holes   and   ambidexterity   theory,   we  

hypothesize  that  the  scope  of  distance  is  a  fine  balance  between  being  either  being  too  

close   to   current   R&D   activities   or   too   distant   rendering   knowledge   inputs   redundant.  

Thus,   the   socio-­‐technical   infrastructure   must   accommodate   for   the   complex   task   of  

balancing  the  exploitative  and  explorative  capacity  of  the  platform.    

Page 96: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  94  

Below  we   introduce   a  model   that  was   outlined   in   the   previous   theory   section   (figure  

6.7).   In  the  model,   the  virtual   innovation  broker  (VIB)  is   illustrated  as  a  mechanism  to  

ease   the   process   of   concurrent   engagement   in   the   two   activities   of   exploration   and  

exploitation,   i.e.   widen   the   scope   of   engagement   along   the   exploitation-­‐exploration  

continuum  (x-­‐axis).  The  idea  is  that  an  organization  is  unlikely  to  be  able  to  switch  into  

forms   of   full   flexibility,   and   we   thereby   propose   given   previously   identified   enabling  

properties   of   VCs,   that   a   more   explorative   facet   of   R&D   activities   can   take   place   by  

means  of  a  VIB.  

Figure  6.7:  Ambidextrous  innovation  through  a  VIB  

 

 Source:  Own  model  

By   the   same   token,   a   VIB   can   act   as   a   virtual   search  medium   for   unguided   scientific  

discovery,  and  in  our  case  enable  NZ  to  engage  in  basic  science  while  keeping  its  current  

applied   science-­‐based   and   exploitative   oriented   innovation   model.   As   pointed   out   in  

part  I  of  the  analysis,  NZ’  current  innovation  model  has  been  proved  very  successful  in  

the  past.   It   is   therefore   important   that   introducing  a  more  explorative   scope  does  not  

interfere   too   much   with   current   activities.   Moreover,   it   is   further   believed   that   the  

current   innovation   model   provides   an   important   element   in   realizing   the   value   that  

potentially   can  come   to   transpire   from  a   successful  VC  set-­‐up.   It   is  believed  here,   that  

such   interference  will   be   reduced,   given   that   the   nature   of   interactions   in   the   virtual  

world  takes  place  in  another  dimension  (i.e.  both  temporally  and  spatially),  and  can  thus  

be  said  to  occur  separated  from  present  activities  of  NZ.  Finally,  we  recognize  that  our  

claim  is  limited  to  what  we  know  from  literature  about  obstacles  to  ambidexterity  and  

our  interpretation  of  the  above-­‐mentioned  VC  properties  in  overcoming  those  obstacles.    

Page 97: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  95  

6.3.4.  Conclusion:  analysis  part  III  

In  part  III  of  the  analysis  we  address  the  question  of  whether  a  virtual  community  can  

make  way  for  a  more  ambidextrous  innovation  model.  Here  we  address  two  important  

issues   relating   to   the   underlying   understanding   of   external   knowledge   sourcing:   the  

notion   of   optimal   scope   with   regards   to   cognitive,   disciplinary   and   organizational  

distance/separation,   and   the   notion   of   obstacles   to   ambidexterity.   In   this   light   we  

suggest  that  a  virtual  innovation  broker  (VIB),  given  a  set  of  properties  identified  in  part  

II   of   the   analysis,   constitute   a   particularly   compelling   alternative   to   facilitate   a   bridge  

between   a   science-­‐based   R&D   organization   such   as   Novozymes’   and   its   external  

research   environment.     As   such,   the   VIB   can   act   as   a   parallel   structure   in   which  

explorative   activities   can   take   occur   without   directly   interfering   with   in-­‐house   R&D  

activities.    

The   optimal   scope   continuum   allows   us   to   understand   that   while   distant   sources   of  

knowledge   are   of   value   to   an   innovation   process,   there   is   nonetheless   a   limit   to   how  

distant   and   redundant   such   sources   of   knowledge   can   become  without   rendering   the  

value  obsolete.  With  the  optimal  scope  continuum  we  infer  that  an   innovation  process  

that  balances  both  exploitation  and  exploration  activities  holds  the  potential  to  provide  

inputs  of  a  semi-­‐redundant  nature,  thus  opening  up  for  novel  combinations  to  emerge.  

Moreover,  many  scholars  have  contributed  to  the  discussion  of  difficulties  in  balancing  

exploitation   and   exploration.   While   there   are   opportunities   at   either   end   of   the  

exploration-­‐exploitation   continuum,   literature   and   theory   highlights   that   engaging   in  

both  ends  of  the  continuum  often  renders  opportunities  at  one  end  superfluous.  In  this  

context  we   highlight   that   if   formation   of   groups   and   interaction   across   human   agents  

takes  place  virtually,  barriers  of  time  and  space,  and  barriers  of  cognitive-­‐,  disciplinary-­‐  

and   organizational   separation   can   be   surmounted.   This   implies   that,   in   theory,   the  

explorative  domain  of  R&D  can  be  run  as  a  parallel  structure  to  the  exploitative  domain,  

thereby   mitigating   issues   of   that   often   arise   when   combining   exploitation   and  

exploration   in   the   same   domain   (dimension).   Ultimately   this   may   lead   to   more  

ambidextrous   innovation,   assuming   that   a   successful   implementation   of   a   virtual  

innovation  broker  can  be  achieved.    

Page 98: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  96  

6.4.  Conclusion:  Analysis  part  I,  II,  II  The  overall  research  objective  of  this  thesis  has  been  to  explore  how  a  virtual  community  

can   facilitate   external   knowledge   sourcing   so   as   to   enhance   the   innovative   capacity   of  

Novozymes’  R&D  organization?  In  this  effort  we  delimited  our  paper  to  take  a  particular  

interest   in:   (Q1)   the   current   R&D   activities   at   Novozymes;   (Q2)   a   set   of   enabling  

properties   of   virtual   communities   for   external   knowledge   sourcing;   and   (Q3)   the  

implications   of   scope   with   regards   to   distant   search   of   scientific   opportunities   and  

resource  heterogeneity,  and  ultimately  highlighted  ways   in  which  a  virtual  community  

platform  can  overcome  obstacles  of  ambidexterity.  Before  reaching  our  final  concluding  

remarks,  we  will  outline  the  main  contributions  from  the  three  parts  of  the  analysis.    

Q1:  To  what  extent   is  the  current   innovation  model  at  Novozymes  conducive  for  effective  

external  knowledge  sourcing?    

We   can   conclude   that   Novozymes   R&D   organization   is   geared   towards   producing  

market   ready   products   by   leveraging   strong   internal   competences   centred   on  

application-­‐oriented   research.   In   this   light   we   found   that   the   chain-­‐linked   model  

presents   a   useful   illustration   of   the   current   innovation   model   at   NZ.   Moreover,   we  

pointed  out  that  NZ’  model  of  innovation  can  be  understood  as  a  product  of  “strong  ties”  

across   the   R&D   organization   and   involves   a   limited   set   of   external   collaborations.   In  

other   words,   NZ’   current   innovation   model   is   successfully   exhausting   benefits   of  

localness,  high  social  capital,  network  closure,  exploitation;  but  is  limited  in  its  scope  of  

explorative   activities   involving  more   uncertainty,   basic   scientific   input,   distant   search  

across  open  networks  and  raw  ideas.  While  we  find  evidence  that  project  groups  at  NZ  

are  of  a  cross-­‐disciplinary  nature,  we  can  conclude  that  NZ  to  a  certain  degree  is  trapped  

in   sub-­‐optimal   routinized  exploitative  R&D  strategies.  All  R&D  activities,   ranging   from  

MB’s   to  ADU’s   as  well   as   external   collaborations   are   limited   to   cover  already   targeted  

disciplines   and   industries.   The   degree   of   basic   scientific   research   is   not   adequately  

prioritised,   despite   past   examples   indicating   its   vital   impact   on   innovative   processes  

within  R&D  of  enzyme  technology.  This  is  further  reflected  in  the  transition  of  the  R&D  

organisation,  moving   from  an   explorative   focus  drawing  on  basic   research   in   the  past  

towards   an   exploitative   focus,   driven   by   market   captive   R&D.   We   conclude   that   NZ’  

innovation   model   is   not   particularly   conducive   for   effective   external   knowledge  

sourcing,   and   suggest   that   opportunities   for   frontloading   the   R&D   organisation   lie   in  

Page 99: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  97  

increasing   the   scope   of   external   networks   leveraged   with   focus   on   resource  

heterogeneity  by  moving  further  out  along  the  long  tail  of  R&D.  

Q2:  How  can  virtual  communities  support  the  facilitation  of  external  knowledge  sourcing  

for  science-­‐based  firms?    

In  part  II  of  the  analysis  we  introduced  the  central  phenomenon  under  investigation  in  

our   thesis,   the   virtual   community   (VC).   Here   we   draw   on   theory   and   literature   to  

highlight   the   rationale   for  why  external   knowledge   sourcing   is   of   importance   so   as   to  

enhance   innovative   capacity.   Following   the   notion,   that   bridging   structural   holes   can  

result   in   more   novel   combinations   (radical   innovation),   we   highlight   that   a   special  

brokerage  mechanism  often   is  needed  to  create  valuable  connections  across  structural  

holes.   In   the   context   of   a   virtual   community,   we   expose   the   concept   of   the   virtual  

innovation  broker  as  such  a  mechanism  to  support  the  facilitation  of  external  knowledge  

sourcing  for  science-­‐based  firms.  In  view  of  the  context  of  social  interaction  in  a  virtual  

world,  we  understand   that   virtual   communities  hold  a   set  of   enabling  properties,   that  

are   of   particular   value   in   the   light   of   our   research   objective.   More   specifically,   we  

highlight   the   capacity   of   VCs   to   overcome   barriers   of   time   and   space,   as   well   as  

cognitive-­‐,  disciplinary-­‐  and  organisational  separation.  Evidence  from  general  trends  of  

online   community   life,   and   results   from   our   online   survey,   suggest   that   VCs   hold  

potential   to   facilitate   an   enabling   space   conducive   for   external   knowledge   sourcing.  

Virtual   communities   are   becoming   an   integrated   medium   for   communication   and  

interaction  within  the  scientific  community,  and  researchers  strongly  indicate  openness  

towards  the  utility  of  a  virtual  community  for  knowledge  sharing  and  collaboration.   In  

sum,   our   arguments   draw   on   theory,   literature   and   empirical   input,   and   support   our  

claim   of   how   a   virtual   community   can   facilitate   external   knowledge   sourcing   by   the  

means  of  a  virtual  innovation  broker.  Nevertheless,  given  the  explorative  nature  as  well  

as  the  scope  of  our  paper,  we  note  that  in  order  to  confirm  with  certainly  that  the  value  

of   a   VC   is   high   in   the   given   context,   additional   success   criteria   not   addressed   in   this  

particular  study  are  necessary  to  include.    

Q3:  Can  a  virtual  community  make  way  for  an  ambidextrous  innovation  model?  

In  part  III  of  the  analysis  the  above  notion  of  the  virtual  innovation  broker  is  taken  one  

step   further  and  placed  under   the   light  of  optimal  scope  of   ‘distance’   and  ambidextrous  

Page 100: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  98  

innovation.  While  exploitation  and  exploration  activities  are  important  for  an  innovation  

process,   there   is   a   limit   to   the   extent   to   which   exploration   is   of   value.   Through   the  

optimal   scope   continuum   we   propose   that   as   information   moves   from   being   semi-­‐

redundant  to  redundant  provided  an  indication  of  the  outer  bounds  of  the  optimal  scope.  

Obstacles   to   ambidexterity   are   addressed   through   recognizing   that   exploitation-­‐   and  

exploration  activities  require  different  organisational  structures.  Where  exploitation   is  

supported  through  bureaucratic  and  hierarchical  organisational  structures;  exploration  

is  supported  through  organic  and  flat  structures.  We  infer  that  by  facilitating  a  VC  as  a  

parallel   structure   in   concurrence  with  a  more  exploitation  oriented   innovation  model,  

can   open   up   for   several   benefits.  We   highlight   these   by  means   of   our   case   company,  

where   we   postulate   that   such   an   initiative   hold   potential   to   enhance   the   innovative  

capacity  of  NZ,  without  hampering   the   internal  organisational   structure.   I.e.   in   theory,  

and   provided   a   number   of   assumptions   regarding   opportunities   to   absorb   novel  

combinations  emerging  on  the  VC  platform,  a  virtual   innovation  broker  can  make  way  

for  NZ   to   surmount  obstacles  of   ambidexterity.  Here  we  point  out   that  due   to  a   set  of  

enabling   properties,   VCs   can   overcome   barriers   of   time   and   space,   and   cognitive,  

disciplinary   and   organisational   separation   -­‐   thereby  making  way   for   an   ambidextrous  

innovation  model.  

In  exploring  our  identified  research  question  we  draw  upon  findings  from  part  I,  II  and  

III  of  the  analysis.  We  find  that,  in  the  context  of  NZ,  a  virtual  community  holds  potential  

to  act  as  a  brokerage  function  and  vehicle  for  external  knowledge  sourcing.  Specifically,  

it  can  bridge  dispersed  actors  along  five  dimensions:  temporal-­‐,  geographical-­‐,  cognitive-­‐,  

disciplinary-­‐   and   organisational,   in   a   more   effective   way   than   what   can   be   achieved  

through  an  IRL  community  setting.  Not  only  does  it  provide  NZ  with  the  access  to  distant  

sources   of   information   across   previously   untargeted   disciplines,   it   also   supports  

opportunities   to  gain   input   from  valuable  basic  oriented  research,   thereby  opening  up  

for  exploration  activities  transcending  the  reach  of  NZ’  current  innovation  model.  In  the  

light   of   obstacles   to   ambidexterity,   we   have   reason   to   believe   that   a   VIB   can   play   an  

important   role   for   balancing   more   explorative   R&D   activities   along   with   Novozymes  

current  exploitative,  however  remarkably  efficient,   innovation  model.  As  a  result,  a  VC  

holds   potential   to   comprise   a   cornerstone   in   developing   ambidextrous   organizational  

capabilities  at  Novozymes.  These  are  deemed  vital  given  the   looming  challenges  facing  

Novozymes  in  the  future  of  industrial  enzyme  business.    

Page 101: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  99  

Nevertheless,   the   actual   result   of   VC   set-­‐up  with   regards   to   enhancing  NZ’   innovative  

capacity  remains  to  be  seen  after  a  successful  implementation  has  been  carried  out.  As  

of  now,  we  are  bound  to  merely  hypothesize   that   facilitating  a  VC  can   indeed  enhance  

innovative  capacity  at  Novozymes,  yet  our  research  provides  an  optimistic  outlook   for  

why  Novozymes  should  take  on  an  initiative  as  the  one  presented  in  this  paper.      

7.  Discussion  of  findings  and  future  perspectives  Efficient  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  information  is  considered  the  hallmark  of  a  healthy  

modern  economy  (Pyka,  2009).  By  means  of  our  research  we  wish  to  highlight  the  utility  

of   ICT   in   general,   and   VCs   in   particular,   for   making   the   knowledge   economy   more  

efficient,   ultimately   resulting   in   different   forms   of   innovation.   The   overall  message   in  

this  paper  is  that  there  is  reason  to  be  optimistic  about  the  potential  that  VCs  holds  in  

facilitating   external   knowledge   sourcing   for   science-­‐based   firms.   Nevertheless,   it  

becomes   relevant   to   discuss   the   implications   of   our   findings,   as   well   as   future  

perspectives   that   our   research   opens   up   for.  Moreover,   it   is   pertinent   to   ask   to  what  

extent  we  have  contributed  to  the  identified  research  gap,  we  initially  sat  out  to  address.    

Given  the  embryonic  stage  of  research  relating  to  VCs  in  the  context  of  innovation,  and  

the  absence  of  literature  regarding  research-­‐based  virtual  communities  of  the  kind  that  

we  address   in   this  paper,  our  case   is  of  a  prospective  and  explorative  nature.  This  has  

had  both  limiting  and  advantageous  bearing  on  our  subsequent  findings.  We  have  been  

limited  to  study  a  hypothetical  virtual  community  set-­‐up,  thus  not  been  able  to  provide  

empirical  evidence  with  regards  to  the  precise  nature  and  effects  of  a  virtual  community  

to   promote   exploration   and   radical   innovation.  We   are   confined   to   infer   only   on   the  

potential  opportunities  that  the  phenomenon  of  VCs  holds  in  the  given  context,  in  which  

we  predominantly  rely  on  inference  from  theory  and  literature  to  reach  our  concluding  

remarks.   On   the   other   hand,   our   approach   has   allowed   us   to   freely   hypothesize   and  

theorize   regarding   the   use   of   VCs   as   to   enhance   innovation   capacity.   Moreover,   by  

combining   a   pragmatic   and   theoretical   approach,   we   were   able   to   take   a   take   broad  

perspective  to  our  research  and  use  theory  and  literature  in  order  to  shed  light  on  the  

phenomenon  in  question.  In  this  effort  we  have  successfully  addressed  our  pre-­‐defined  

research   gap.  Given   the   lack   of   studies   promoting   virtual   communities   as   a   tool   to   be  

used  by  science-­‐based  firms  to  broaden  their  scope  and  R&D  activities,  our  paper  can  be  

Page 102: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  100  

seen  as  a  preliminary  exertion  towards  highlighting  the  potential  of  virtual  communities  

to  facilitate  external  knowledge  sourcing  and  to  overcome  obstacles  of  ambidexterity.    

Subsequently,  our  findings  are  generalizable  on  two  levels,  a  pragmatic  and  a  theoretical  

level.   First,   through   our   case   study   of  Novozymes  we   find   evidence   of   a   predominant  

exploitative   focus   of   R&D   activities   suggesting   a   lack   of   exploration.   In   this   light,   and  

provided   that   NZ   is   a   firm   celebrated   for   its   innovative   capacity,   our   analysis   of   NZ’  

innovation  model  indicates  that  (conceivably)  other  science-­‐based  R&D  intensive  firms  

may   suffer   from   similar   biases.   Secondly,   our   findings   are   to   a   certain   extent  

theoretically   generalizable.   At   the   intersection   of   network-­‐,   ambidexterity-­‐   and  

innovation  theory  and  the  phenomenon  of  virtual  communities,  we  present  a  number  of  

theoretical   claims   for   why   virtual   communities   hold   potential   to   contribute   to  

exploration  and  ambidextrous   innovation.  An   integrated  approach  of   this  kind  has  not  

been   found   in   extant   literature,   and   we   hold   that   it   provides   a   nuanced   and  

comprehensive  overview  of  the  mechanisms  and  dynamics  in  play  regarding  the  utility  

of  VCs  in  the  given  context.  As  such,  our  paper  has  a  positive  bearing  on  the  usefulness  of  

prevailing  theoretical  constructs  in  a  new  setting.    

Nonetheless,   our   paper   holds   a   number   of   apparent   limitations.  We   only   address   one  

dimension  out  of  many,  for  understanding  how  to  make  use  of  VCs  in  the  given  context.  

In  order   to  provide  a  more   comprehensive  picture  of   the  utility  of  VCs   for  knowledge  

sourcing,   we   envision   a   number   of   future   research   areas   that   has   bearing   on   our  

particular  study.  We   find   it   important   to  note,   that  we  recognize   that  along   the   line  of  

most   literature  regarding  opportunities  of   ICT  and  virtual  communities   for  knowledge  

sourcing  and  innovation,  we  too  are  guided  by  optimistic  suppositions.  Thus,  in  order  to  

ensure  a  more  nuanced  and  symmetric  debate,  more  critical  perspectives  could  favour  

discourse  on  the  topic  of  virtual  communities  in  science-­‐based  innovation.  Furthermore,  

we  are   limited   to   rely  on   theory  on  which  we  base  our   inferences,   thus   concrete   case  

studies   presenting   the   actual   effects   of   VCs   should  more   precisely   be   able   confirm   or  

reject  our  claims.    

Additionally,  in  our  paper  we  highlighted  that  there  are  strengths  and  limitations  of  both  

closure   and   brokerage,   but   “…while  brokerage   ...   is   the   source  of  added  value,   closure   can  be  

critical  to  realizing  [that]  value'  (Burt  2001:52).  In  this  light,  our  paper  can  be  understood  

Page 103: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  101  

as   an   effort   to   highlight   the   role   of   brokerage,   i.e.   the   source   of   added   value   that   can  

come   from   utilizing   virtual   communities   as   a   brokerage   function   en   route   for   remote  

and  distant   actors   and  knowledge  pools.   Yet,   our   study  merely   touches  upon   the   first  

dimension  of  a   two-­‐fold   inquiry.  Correspondingly   to  Burt’s   statement  above,   following  

brokerage  comes  closure.  In  that  respect  it  becomes  relevant  to  address  how  to  capture  

the   value   that  may   transpire.   Ensuing   research   should   therefore   assess   how   external  

knowledge,  captured  on  the  VC,  can  be  effectively  internalized  as  well  as  commercialized.  

It  would  be  of  interest  to  take  an  intra-­‐organizational  perspective  and  analyze  how  firms  

effectively   can   appropriate,   absorb   and   make   use   of   knowledge   emerging   from   a  

successful  VC  set-­‐up.  Such  research  endeavors   is   favorably  carried  out   in  the   light  of  a  

retrospective   case   study,   allowing   for   empirical   analysis   of   knowledge   transfer  

processes.  Exploitation  of  external  knowledge  sources  is  an  essential  element  of  a  firm’s  

innovative  capacity,  and  the  notion  of  absorptive  capacity  provides  a  useful  concept   in  

this   context   with   regards   to   how   external   knowledge   is   internalized.   Cohen   and  

Levinthal   (1990)  state   that   the  absorptive  capacity  of  a   firm   is   the  ability   to  recognize  

the   value   of   new   information,   to   integrate   it,   and   to   apply   it   in   a   commercial   context.  

Here,  current  knowledge  bases  in  a  firm  play  an  essential  role  in  appropriating  external  

knowledge;  basic  skills,  experience  and  the  understanding  of  a  particular  field  provides  

a  solid  foundation  by  which  to  evaluate  new  knowledge.  Moreover,  absorptive  capacity  

is  said  to  enhance  the  ability  of  a  firm  to  realize  the  value  of  the  new  scientific  knowledge  

(Cohen   and   Levinthal,   1990).   It   is   the   prior   possession   of   knowledge   that   supports  

creativity   through   opening   up   for   new   associations   and   linkages   between   pieces   of  

knowledge   that  may   not   have   been   obvious   before.   Thus,   the   diversity   of   knowledge  

bases  internally  in  the  organization  is  also  a  crucial  role  with  regards  to  the  assimilation  

of  novel  combinations,  i.e.  the  integration  of  more  radical  external  knowledge.    

Drawing  upon  the  above,  future  research  can  be  also  extended  to  include  development  

of  strategic  recommendations  required  to  successfully  implement  a  VC  set-­‐up.  Our  paper  

can   be   considered   to   provide   the   underlying   rational   for   undertaking   the   initiative,  

opening  up  for  a  more  precise  plan  to  be  outlined.  Here,  it  would  be  of  interest  to  take  an  

operational  perspective  on  the  case,  where  relevant  areas  to  assess  would  include  e.g.:  

Page 104: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  102  

platform   design-­‐   and   architecture   attributes,   platform   ownership25  strategies,   cost  

structures  and  procedures  to  ensure  user  attraction  and  retention.    

Sir   Ken   Robinson,   a   well   known   education   researcher,   said   during   a   talk   at   TED26:  

“Human   resources   are   much   like   natural   resources,   they   are   buried   deep   and   you   have   to   go  

looking   for   them,   they   are   not   just   lying   around   on   the   surface.   And   you   have   to   create   the  

circumstances  in  which  they  can  show  them  selves.”    By  the  same  token,  the  architecture  of  a  

VC  will   to   a   certain   degree   define   its   members   and   delimit   activities   that   take   place.  

People  tend  to  cluster  into  groups  as  result  of   interaction  opportunities  defined  by  the  

places  people  meet  (Pyka,  2009);  e.g.  the  neighborhoods  in  which  they  live,  the  projects  

in  which  they  are  involved,  their  workplace  as  well  as  the  online  forums  in  which  they  

participate.    We   infer   that   just  as   the  architecture  of  a  certain  neighborhood   is  part  of  

defining   the   type   of   people   who   choose   to   live   there,   the   architecture   of   a   virtual  

community  will  come  to  define  its  members  as  well  as  the  type  of  interaction  that  may  

take  place  in  between  those  members.  Through  an  interview  with  Peter  Kragh,  Director  

of  Front  End  Innovation  at  Coloplast27  (founder  of  innovaiotnbyyou.com),  he  stated  that  

a   primary   recommendation   for   VC   building   was   to   ensure   that   a   learning-­‐by-­‐doing  

principle   is   employed.   He   said   that   one   can   control   the   interface   design,   the  

communicative  tools  and  the  scope  of  the  focus  areas  one  wish  to  address  etc.,  but  one  

cannot  control  the  members.  Who  is  to  join  only  time  will  tell,  and  what  members  will  

‘talk’   about   is   very   hard   to   anticipate.   Nonetheless,   actions   can   be   taken   to   influence  

what   kind   of   community   one   is   seeking   to   build.   Research   drawing   upon   the   above  

notions  would  be  highly  relevant  to  take  our  study  one  step  further.    

The  phenomenon  of  virtual  communities  is  becoming  an  increasingly  fascinating  target  

for   social   and   behavioral   science   as   well   as   cognitive   economics   and   innovation  

literature.   One   reason   for   this   is,   that   as   a   result   of   advancement   of   the   underlying  

computer-­‐  and  Internet  technology  supporting  the  proliferation  of  virtual  communities,  

VCs  are  becoming  easier  to  measure  (Burt,  2011).  Thus,  VCs  are  to  be  seen  as  networks  

rich   in   data   available   for   analysis,   which   furthermore   can   come   to   help   improve   our                                                                                                                  25  Ownership  can  range  from  either  no  ownership  where  external  moderators  manage  the  platform  (as  seen  in  the  case  of  Coloplast’s  ww.stomainnovation.com)  to  sponsorship  where  the  firm  is  a  sponsor  of  the  initiative  but  allow  the  milieu  to  grow  organically,  to  full  ownership  where  the  firm  takes  full  control  and  responsibility  of  implementation,  design  and  content.    26  TED  is  a  nonprofit  devoted  to  Ideas  Worth  Spreading.  It  started  out  (in  1984)  as  a  conference  bringing  together  people  from  three  worlds:  Technology,  Entertainment,  Design.  (ted.com)  27  Coloplast  is  a  Danish  healthcare  firm  with  focus  on  products  in  the  ostomy  care  sector  

Page 105: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  103  

understanding   of   networks   in   the   real   world.  We   echo   Burt   who   urges   the   entire  

academic   discourse   to   “explore   virtual   worlds   as   a   research   site”   and     “…make   virtual  

communities   legitimate   research   laboratories   to   better   understand   network   mechanisms   of  

innovation…the   potential   is   enormous”   (2011:3).   In   such   efforts   it   becomes   important   to  

establish  a  clearer  link  for  translating  research  results  between  real  worlds  and  virtual  

worlds  (Ibid.).  This  further  highlights  the  importance  of  future  research  to  make  use  of  

retrospective  case  studies  to  better  concretize  and  quantify  research  findings.      

Ultimately,  we  hope  that  our  paper  can  encourage  scholars  to  take  a  deeper  interest  in  

virtual  communities  in  the  context  of  innovation.    

   

Page 106: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  104  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Thanks  to  the  Internet  companies  that  move  now  can  leverage  a  global  pool  of  talent,  

ideas,  and  innovations  that  vastly  exceeds  what  they  could  ever  hope  to  marshal  internally”  

-­‐    USA  Today’s  editor,  Kevin  Maney  

Page 107: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  105  

8.  Bibliography  8.1.  Books  and  Articles  Abernathy,  W.J.  and  Clark,  K.B.  (1985)  “Innovation:  Mapping  the  Winds  of  Creative  Destruction.”  Research  Policy  14(3-­‐22)      Afuah,  A.  (2004)  Business  models:  A  Strategic  Management  Approach.  McGraw-­‐Hill/Irwin,  Boston;  New  York    Ahuja,  G.  (2000)  Collaboration  networks,  structural  holes,  and  innovation:  A  longitudinal  study.  Administrative  Science  Quarterly;  45(3)  Sept  2000    Ahuja,  G.  and  C.  M.  Lampert  (2001)  Entrepreneurship  in  large  corporations:  a  longitudinal  study  of  how  established  firms  create  breakthrough  inventions.  Strategic  Management  Journal  22:  521-­‐54    Ancona,  D.  G.,  Goodman,  P.S.,  Lawrence,  B.  S.,  Tushman.  M.  L.  (2001)  Time:  A  new  research  lens.  Acad.  Management  Rev.  26  645–663.    Anderson,  C.  (2004)  The  Long  Tail:  Why  the  Future  of  Business  is  Selling  Less  of  More.  Hyperion,  July  11,  2006    Andersen,  P.H.  (2005)  “Relationship  marketing  and  brand  involvement  of  professionals  through  web-­‐enhanced  brand  communities:  The  case  of  Coloplast,”  Industrial  Marketing  Management  (34):  39-­‐51    Antikainen,  M.  (2011).  Facilitating  customer  involvement  in  collaborative  online  innovation  communities,  Vtt  Publications  760:  Tampere,  Finland    Arora,  A.,  and  Gambardella,  A.  (1994)  The  changing  technology  of  technological  change:  General  and  abstract  knowledge  and  the  division  of  innovative  labor.  Research  Policy,  23:  523-­‐532.    Balconi,  M.,  Brusoni,  S.,  Orsenigo,  L.  (2010).  In  defense  of  the  linear  model:  An  essay.  Research  Policy  39    Besser,  H.  (2000)  Digital  Longevity,  in  Maxine  K.  Sitts  (ed.)  Handbook  for  Digital  Projects:  A  Management  Tool  for  Preservation  and  Access  Andover  Mass:  Northeast  Document  Conservation  Center,  2000,  pages  155-­‐166      Benbya,  H.  and  Belbaly,  N.  (2011)  Successful  OSS  Project  Design  and  Implementation.  Gower  Publishing    Bian,  l.,  Liu,  Y.,  Agichtein,  E.  and  Zha,  H.  (2008)  Finding  the  Right  Facts  in  the  Crowd:  Factoid  Question  Answering  over  Social  Media.  ACM  WWW,  April  21-­‐25,  Beijing,  China    Binz-­‐Schar  M.,  (2003)  Exploration  and  Exploitation:  Toward  a  Theory  of  Knowledge  Sharing  in  Digital  Government  Projects,  Dissertation  Nr.  282  at  University  of  St.  Gallen,  ADAG  Copy  AG    Bitektine  A.,  (2008)  Prospective  Case  Study  Design:  Qualitative  Method  for  Deductive  Theory  Testing,  Organizational  Research  Methods  11:160    Bos,  N.,  Zimmerman,  A.,  Olson,  J.,  Yew,  J.,  Yerkie,  J.,  Dahl,  E.,  &  Olson,  G.  (2007)  From  shared  databases  to  communities  of  practice:  A  taxonomy  of  collaboratories.  Journal  of  Computer  Mediated  Communication  12(2),  article  16.    

Page 108: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  106  

Bourdieu,  M.  and  Wacquant,  L.  (1992)  An  Invitation  to  Reflexive  Sociology.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press    Brandtzæg,  P.B,  Følstad,  A.,  Obrist,  M.,  Geerts,  D.,  Berg,  R.  (2010)  Innovation  in  online  communities  -­‐  Towards  community-­‐centric  design,  User  Centric  Media,  Springer  Link    Breshnan  T.,  &  Trajtenberg  M.,  (1995)  General  Purpose  Technologies  Engines  of  Growth?  Journal  of  Econometrics  65:  83-­‐108,  Department  of  economics,  Stanford  University    Burt,  R.    

- (1992)  Structural  Holes:  The  social  structure  of  competition.  Cambridge,  Mass.:  Harvard  University  Press  

- (1997)  The  Contingent  Value  of  Social  Capital.  Johnson  Graduate  School  of  Management,  Cornell  University,  Administrative  Science  Quarterly,  42(2)  

- (1997)  A  note  on  social  capital  and  network  content.  Social  Networks,  19(1997):  355-­‐373  - (2000)  The  Network  Structure  of  Social  Capital.  In  B.  M.  Staw  and  R.  I.  Sutton:  Research  in  

Organizational  Behavior.  Amsterdam,  London,  New  York:  Elsevier  Science  JAI,  pp.  345-­‐423  - (2001)  Structural  Holes  versus  Network  Closure  as  Social  Capital.  In  N.  Lin,  ed.  2001.    Social  

Capital:  Theory  and  Research.  Aldine  de  Gruyter    - (2002)  Bridge  Decay.  Social  Networks,  24(2002):  333-­‐36  - (2004)  Structural  Holes  and  Good  Ideas.  American  Journal  of  Sociology,  110(2):  349-­‐399  - (2005)  Brokerage  and  Closure.  Oxford;  New  York:  Oxford  University  Press  - (2011)  Structural  Holes  in  Virtual  Worlds,  Working  Paper  

 Bush,  V.  (1945)  Science  The  Endless  Frontier:  Learning  from  the  Past,  Designing  for  the  Future,  United  States  Government,  Washington  D.C.    Carroll,  M.C.  and  Stanfield,  J.R.  (2003)  Social  capital,  Karl  Polanyi,  and  American  social  and  institutional  economics.  Journal  of  Economic  Issues  37:  397-­‐404    Chesbrough,  H.  (2003)  The  Era  of  Open  Innovation.  Sloan  Management  Review,  44(3):  35-­‐41    Christensen,  C.  M.,  Suarez,  F.  F.,  and  Utterback,  J.  M.  (1998)  Strategies  for  Survival  in  Fast-­‐Changing  Industries.  Management  Science,  44(12):  207-­‐220.    Coleman,  J.S.    

- (1988)  Social  Capital  in  the  Creation  of  Human  Capital.  The  American  Journal  of  Sociology  94  - (1990)  Foundations  of  Social  Theory.  Cambridge,  MA:  Harvard  University  Press  

Cohen,  W.M.,  and  Levinthal,  D.A.  (1990)  Absorptive  Capacity:  A  New  Perspective  on  Learning  and  Innovation.  Administrative  Science  Quarterly  35(1):  128-­‐152    Cooper,  J.S.  and  Fava,  J.  (2006),  "Life  Cycle  Assessment  Practitioner  Survey:  Summary  of  Results",  Journal  of  Industrial  Ecology.  10:12-­‐14    Cowan,  B.  (2005)  The  Social  Life  of  Coffee:  The  Emergence  of  the  British  Coffee  Houses,  New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press:  89    Cummings,  J.N.,  Butler,  B.,  &  Kraut,  R.  (2002).  The  Quality  of  Online  Social  Relationships.    Communications  of  the  ACM,  47(7),  103-­‐108.    Danzinger,  F.  and  Dumbach,  M.  (2008)  Communities  for  Innovation  as  Enablers  of  Cyclical  Ambidexterity.  In  Danzinger  and  Dumbach,  ed.  2008.  SME’s.  University  of  Erlangen-­‐Nürnberg    Donath  J.  (2008)  Signals  in  social  supernets,  Journal  of  Computer-­‐mediated  communication  13:  231-­‐251    

Page 109: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  107  

Dreyfus,  H.  (2001)  On  the  Internet.  Oxon:  Routledge.    Egidi  M.,  and  Rizzello  S.,  (2003)  Cognitive  Economics:  Foundations  and  Historical  Evolution,  Dipartimento  di  Economia  “S.  Cognetti  de  Martiis”  Centro  di  Studi  sulla  Storia  e  i  Metodi  dell’Economia  Politica    Eisenhardt,  K.M.  and  Martin,  J.A.  (2000)  Dynamic  capabilities:  What  are  they?  Strategic  Management  J.  21  1105–1121.    Ernst,  H.  (2003)  Patent  information  for  strategic  technology  management.  World  Patent  Information  25[3],  233-­‐242.    Fernback,  J.  (1999)  There  is  a  there  There:  Notes  Towards  A  Definition  of  Cybercommunity?  In  S.  Jones  (Ed.)  Doing  Internet  Research:  Critical  Issues  and  Methods  for  Examining  the  Net.  Thousand  Oaks,  CA:  Sage,  203-­‐20.    Flavián,  C.,  and  Guinalíu,  M.  (2005)    “The  influence  of  virtual  communities  on  distribution  strategies  in  the  Internet,”  International  Journal  of  Retail  &  Distribution  Management  33(6):  405-­‐425.    Fleming,  L.  and  Sorensen,  O.  (2004)  “Science  as  a  Map  in  Technological  Search”.  Strategic  Management  Journal  25  (8-­‐9),  excerpt  p.  909-­‐911    Freeman,  C.  and  Soete,  L.  (1997)  The  Economics  of  Industrial  Innovation.  Cambridge,  Mass.:  MIT  Press.    Furnas,  C.C.  (1949).  Research  in  Industry;  Its  Organisation  and  Management.  D.Van  Nostrand  Company  Inc.,  New  York.    Gabbey,  M.  and  Leenders,  R.  (2001)  Social  Capital  of  Organisations.  Emerald  Group  Publishing,  2001  -­‐  Business  &  Economics    Gant,  J.,  Ichniowski,  C.,  and  Shaw,  K.  (2002)  'Social  capital  and  organizational  change  in  high-­‐involvement  and  traditional  work  organizations."  Journal  of  Economics  and  Management  11:  289-­‐328.    Glaeser,  E.L,  Laibson,  D.,  Sacerdote,  B.  (2002)  ‘An  economic  approach  to  social  capital.'  The  Economic  Journal  112:  437-­‐458.    Granovetter,  M.  (1973)  The  Strength  of  Weak  Ties.  American  Journal  of  Sociology  78(6),  The  University  of  Chicago  Press    Guerrie  P.,  and  Padoan  C.,  (2007)  Modelling  ICTs  as  General  Purpose  Technologies,  Collegium  35    Hagel,  J.  III,  and  Armstrong,  A.G.  (1997)  Net  Gain:  Expanding  Markets  through  Virtual  Communities,  Harvard  Business  School  Press,  Boston,  MA    Haig,  B.  (2005).  An  abductive  theory  of  scientific  method.  Psychological  Methods,  10:  371-­‐388    Harmaakorpi,  V.,  Tura,  T.  and  Artima,  E.  (2006)  Balancing  regional  innovation  policy  between  proximity  and  distance.  Paper  presented  at  the  Fifth  Proximity  Congress,  June  28th  –  30th,  in  Bordeaux,  France.    He  L.  and  Wong,  P.  (2004)  Exploration  vs.  Exploitation:  An  Empirical  Test  of  the  Ambidexterity  Hypothesis,  Organizatioanl  Sceince,  Vol.  15,  No.  4,  July–August  2004,  pp.  481–494    Hill,  W.C.,  Hollan,  J.D..  Wroblewski,  D.,  McCandless,  T.  (1992)  "Edit  wear  and  read  wear".  Proceedings  of  the  SIGCHI  conference  on  Human  factors  in  computing  systems    

Page 110: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  108  

 Hiltz,  S.  R.  and  Wellman,  B.  (1997)  Asynchronous  learning  networks  as  a  virtual  classroom.  Communications  of  the  ACM,  40(9):  44-­‐49    Holmqvist,  M.  2004.  Experiential  learning  processes  of  exploration  and  exploitation  within  and  between  organizations:  An  empirical  study  of  product  development.  Organ.  Sci.  15  70–81.    Howard,  P.,  Rainie,  L.,  and  Jones,  S.  (2004)  Days  and  nights  on  the  Internet.  ITU  [International  Telecommunication  Union]  ITU  Internet  Reports,  Labucay    Huston,  L.  and  Sakkab,  N.  (2006)  Connect  and  develop.  Inside  Procter  &  Gambles’  new  model  for  innovation.  Harvard  Business  Review.  March  2006,  58–66.    Jansen,  J.J.P.,  Vera,  D.,  Crossan,  M.  (2009)  Strategic  leadership  for  exploration  and  exploitation:  The  moderating  role  of  environmental  dynamism.  The  Leadership  Quarterly,  Leadership  and  Organizational  Learning.  20(1):  5-­‐18    Jovanovic,  B  &  Roussea  Peter  L.  (2005)  General  Purpose  Technologies.  In  Handbook  of  Economic  Growth.  National  bureau  of  economic  research,  Cambridge      Katila,  R  and  Ahuja,  G  (2002).  Something  old,  something  new:  A  longitudinal  study  of  search  behavior  and  new  product  introduction.  Academy  of  Management  Journal  45(6),  1183-­‐1194    Kim,  A.  J.  (2000).  Community  building  on  the  web:  secret  strategies  for  successful  online  communities.  Berkeley:  Peachpit  Press.    Kleinberg,  S.,  Suri,  E.,  Tardos,  and  Wexler,  T.  (2008)  Strategic  network  formation  with  structural  holes.  ACM  Conference  on  Electronic  Commerce,  7(3):1–4    Klevorick,  A.,  Levin,  R,.  Nelson,  R.  Winter,  S.  (1993)  “On  the  sources  and  significance  of  inter-­‐industry  differences  in  technological  opportunities.”  Research  Policy  (24)      Kline,  S.  J.  and  Rosenberg,  N.  (1986)  "An  Overview  of  Innovation"  in  Landau,  R.  and  Rosenberg,  N.:  The  Positive  Sum  Strategy.  Washington  D.  C.:  285  –  298    Knudsen  L.,  and  Nielsen  B.,  2008  Collaborative  capability  in  R&D  alliances:  exploring  the  link  between  organizational  and  individual  level  factors,  Center  for  Strategic  Management  and  Globalization,  Copenhagen  Business  School    Kvale,  S.  (1996)  Interviews:  An  introduction  to  qualitative  research  interviewing.  Sage  Publications,  Thousand  Island  Oaks    Lakhani,  K.,  (2008)  Case  Study:  Harvard  Business  School  Study  of  InnoCentive.  Harvard  Business  Review  86(12)    Lakhani,  K.  and  Panetta,  J.  (2007)  The  Principles  of  Distributed  Innovation.  MIT  Press  Journals.  2007  2(3):  97-­‐112    Lavie,  D.  and  L.  Rosenkopf  (2006)  Balancing  Exploration  and  Exploitation  in  Alliance  Formation.  Academy  of  Management  Journal,  49:797-­‐818.    Lawrence,  P.,  and  Lorsch,  J.  (1967)  Differentiation  and  Integration  in  Complex  Organizations.  Administrative  Science  Quarterly  12:1-­‐30.    Levin-­‐Rozalis,  M.  (2000b).  Abduction:  A  logical  criterion  for  program  evolution.  Evaluation,  the  International  Journal  of  Theory,  Research  and  Practice,  6(4),  411-­‐428.  

Page 111: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  109  

 Levinthal,  D.  (1997)  Adaption  on  Rugged  Landscapes.  Management  Science.  43(7):  934-­‐950    Levinthal,  D.  and  March,  J.  (1993)  The  Myopia  of  Learning,  Strategic  Management  Journal  14:95-­‐112    Lin,  N.,  (1999)  Building  a  Network  Theory  of  Social  Capital,  Connections,  Dept.  of  Sociology,  Duke  University,  Connections  22(1):28-­‐51,    Lin,  N.,  Cook,  K.,  Burt,  R  (2001)  Social  Capital:  Theory  and  Research,  Transaction  Publishers,  New  Jersey    Lynn,  L.H.,  Reddy,  N.M,  Aram,  J.D.  (1994)  Linking  technology  and  institutions:  the  innovation  community  framework.  Research  Policy  25  (1996)  91-­‐106    March,  J.G.  (1991)  Exploration  and  exploitation  in  organizational  learning.  Organization  Science  2(1)    McCurdy,  D.,  Spradley,  J.  and  Shandy,  D.  (2005)  Cultural  Informants  in  The  Cultural  Experience,  Waveland  Press:  chp.3    McDaniel,  B.A.  (2000)  “A  survey  on  Entrepreneurship  and  Innovation”.  University  of  Northern  Colorado    McFadyen,  M.A.  and    Cannella,  A.  (2004)  Social  Capital  and  Knowledge  Creation:  Diminishing  returns  of  the  Number  and  Strength  of  Exchange  Relationships,  Academy  of  Management  Journal.  47,  (5):  735-­‐746.      Moeini  A.,  Goldmintz  S.,  Alamgi  S.  (2006)  Lead  User  Innovation,  E-­‐Commerce  and  the  Art  of  High  Tech  Marketing,  Schulich  School  of  Business,  York  University    Moore,  G.E.,  (1965)  "Cramming  more  components  onto  integrated  circuits".  Electronics  38  (8)    Mulkay,  M.  (1976)  The  Mediating  Role  of  the  Scientific  Elite.  Social  Studies  of  Science  6(1976):445-­‐70    Muniz,  A.,  and  O´Guinn,  T.C.  (2001)  Brand  Communities.  Journal  of  consumer  research  27:  412-­‐432.    Nahapiet  J,  Ghoshal  S.  (1998)  Social  capital,  intellectual  capital  and  the  organizational  advantage.  Academy  of  Management  Review  23:242-­‐266.    Nambisan,  S.  and  Sawhney,  M.  (2007)  A  Buyer’s  Guide  to  the  Innovation  Bazaar.  Harvard  Business  Review,  June  2007    Narayan,  D.  (1999)  'Bonds  and  Bridges:  Social  Capital  and  Poverty',  World  Bank    Nelson,  J.,  Kaboolian,  Carver  K.,  (2003)  The  Concord  Handbook:  How  to  Build  Social  Capital  Across  Communities,  UCLA  School  of  Public  Policy  and  Social  Research    Nooteboom,  B.    

- (1992)  Towards  a  dynamic  theory  of  transactions.  Journal  of  Evolutionary  Economics,  2:  281-­‐99  

- (1999)  Innovation,  Learning  and  Industrial  Organisation.  Cambridge  Journal  of  Economics,  23(2):  127-­‐150.    

- (2000)  Learning  and  Innovation  in  Organizations  and  Economics.  Oxford,  Oxford  University  Press  

 Nooteboom,  B.,  van  Haverbeke,  W.,  Duysters,  G.,  Gilsing,  V.,  and  van  den  Oord,  A.  (2005)  Optimal  Cognitive  Distance  and  Absorptive  Capacity.  Working  Paper  

Page 112: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  110  

 Obero,  P.  and  Saviott,  P.  (2010)  The  impact  of  cognitive  distance  on  the  likelihood  of  alliance  formation:  A  study  in  the  biotechnology-­‐pharmaceutical  industry    Olson,  G.  M.,  and  Olson,  J.  S.  (2000)  Distance  Matters.  Human  Computer  Interaction.  15,  139-­‐179.  Reprint  in  Carroll,  J.  (Ed).  Human  Computer  Interaction  in  the  New  Millennium.  Addison  Wesley    O'Reilly,  C.,  and  Tushman,  M.  (2008)  "Ambidexterity  as  a  Dynamic  Capability:  Resolving  the  Innovator’s  Dilemma.  Research  in  Organizational  Behavior  28:  185-­‐206.    Orlikowski,  W.J.  (1991)  Radical  and  Incremental  Innovations  in  Systems  Development:  An  Empirical  Investigation  of  Case  Tools.  Center  for  Information  Systems  Research,  Sloan  School  of  Management,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.      Parjanen,  S.,  Hyypiä,  M.,  Oikarinen,  T.  (2011).  Brokerage  Functions  in  Network  Level  Innovation,  Conference  Proceedings  of  OLKC  2011,  England    Pisano,  G.P.,  and  Verganti,  R.  (2008)  Which  kind  of  collaboration  is  right  for  you?  Harvard  Business  Review  86(12):  78-­‐86    Plant,  R  (2004)  Online  Communities,  Technology  in  Society  26:  51–65    Podolny,  J.M.  and  Stuart,  T.E.  (1995)  A  role-­‐based  ecology  of  technological  change.  The  American  Journal  of  Sociology.  100:  1224-­‐1260    Poetz,  M.,  Prügl,  R.,  and  Fabsich,  C.  (2009)  ”Systematic  Identification  of  Problem  Solvers  from  Analogous  Markets:  An  Empirical  Exploration  of  the  Potential  of  the  Search  Method  ’Pyramiding’”    Polya  G.,  (1941),  Heuristic  Reasoning  and  the  Theory  of  Probability.  The  American  Mathematical  Monthly  48(7)    Portes  A.,  (1998)  Social  Capital:  Its  Origins  and  Applications  in  Modern  Sociology.  Annual  Review  of  Sociology.  241998:1-­‐24    Portes,  A.  (2000)  The  two  meanings  of  social  capital.  Sociological  Forum  15:1-­‐12    Preece,  J.  (2000)  Online  communities:  designing  usability,  supporting  sociability.  Chichester:  John  Wiley  &  Sons.    Preece,  J.,  Nonnecke,  B.,  &  Andrews,  D.  (2004).  The  top  five  reasons  for  lurking:  improving  community  experiences  for  everyone.  Computers  in  Human  Behavior.  20:  201–223.    Poole,  M.  S.,  A.  H.  Van  de  Ven.  1989.  Towards  a  metatheory  of  innovation  process.  49th  Annual  meeting  Acad.  Management,  Washington,  D.C.  (August  13–16).    Putman,  R.D  (2000)  Bowling  Alone:  The  Collapse  and  Revival  of  American  Community,  Simon  &  Schuster    Pyka  A.,  (2009)  Innovation  Networks:  New  Approaches  in  Modelling  and  Analysing.  Springer-­‐Verlag,  Berlin  Heidelberg    Raisch,  S.  and  Birkinshaw,  J.  (2008)  Organizational  Ambidexterity:  Antecedents,  Outcomes,  and  Moderators.  Journal  of  Management  2008,  34;  375    Raucek,  J.  (1971)  The  Challenge  of  Science  in  Education.  Ayer  publishing    

Page 113: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  111  

Rheingold,  H.  (1993)  The  Virtual  Community:  Homesteading  on  the  Electronic  Frontier  2.  Edition  published  by  the  MIT  press  2000    Ridings,  C.,  Gefen,  D.,  &  Arinze,  B.  (2002)  Some  antecedents  and  effects  of  trust  in  virtual  communities.  Journal  of  Strategic  Information  Systems,  11(3-­‐4),  271-­‐295    Rogers,  E.  (1995)  Diffusion  of  Innovation,  The  Free  Press    Rothaermel,  F.T.  and  Deeds,  D.L.  (2004)  Exploration  and  exploitation  alliances  in  biotechnology:  A  system  of  new  product  development.  Strategic  Management  Journal,  25  (3):  201-­‐221    Saunders,  M.,  Lewis,  P.,  Thornhill,  A.  (2007)  Research  Methods  for  Business  Students,  Fourth  Edition    Shan,  W.,  Walker,  G.  and  Kogut,  B.    (1994)  Interfirm  Cooperation  and  Start  up  Innovation  in  the  Biotechnology  Industry,  Strategic  Management  Joumal,  15(5):  387-­‐394    Simon,  H.  A.  (2000)  Bounded  Rationality  in  Social  Science:  Today  and  Tomorrow.  Mind  &  Society  1(1):  25-­‐40.    Smith,  A.,  (1982)  [1759]  Theory  of  Moral  Sentiment:  184–5  In:  The  Glasgow  edition  of  the  Works  and  Correspondence  of  Adam  Smith,  vol.  I",  Oxford  University  Press    Song  J.I.,  (2008)  The  impact  of  ICT  on  space,  use  and  environmental  issues,  Eco  city  World  Summit  2008  Proceedings    Strauss,  A.  and  Corbin,  J.  (1998)  Grounded  Theory  Methodology:  An  Overview.  In:  Denzin,  N  and  Lincoln,  Y,  ed.  1998.  Strategies  of  Qualitative  Inquiry.  Thousand  Oaks,  Sage  Publications:  158-­‐183    Suarez-­‐Villa,  L.  (1990)  “Invention,  Inventive  Learning  and  Innovative  Capacity.”  Behavioral  Science,  35(4):  290-­‐310.    Takahashi,  M.,  Fujimoto,  M.,  &  Yamasaki,  N.  (2002).  The  active  lurker:  a  new  viewpoint  for  evaluating  the  influence  of  an  in-­‐house.  Online  Community  SIGGROUP  Bulletin  23(3):  29–33.    Teece,  D.  J.  (1992).  Competition,  Cooperation,  and  Innovation:  Organizational  Arrangements  for  Regimes  of  Rapid  Technological  Progress.  Journal  of  Economic  Behaviour  and  Organization,  18(1)    Teece,  Pisano  and  Shuen  (1997)  Dynamic  Capabilities  and  Strategic  Management.  Strategic  Management  Journal  (1986-­‐1998)  Aug  1997,  18(7):  509    Tushman,  M.,  Anderson,  P.,  and  O'Reilly,  C.  (1997)  "Technology  Cycles,  Innovation  Streams  and  Ambidextrous  Organizations."  In  Managing  Strategic  Innovation  and  Change,  edited  by  P.  Anderson  and  M.  Tushman.  New  York:  Oxford  University  Press.    Tushman,  M.  and  O'Reilly,  C.  (1996).  "Ambidextrous  Organizations:  Managing  Evolutionary  and  Revolutionary  Change."  California  Management  Review  38,  no.  4:  8-­‐30      Tushman,  M.  and  Smith,  W.  K.  (2002)  Organizational  Technology.  In  J.  Baum  (Ed.),  Companion  to  Organizations:  386-­‐414.  Malden,  MA:  Blackwell    Van  den  Bosch,  F.  A.  J.,  H.  W.  Volberda,  M.  de  Boer.  1999.  Coevolution  of  firm  absorptive  capacity  and  knowledge  environment:  Organizational  forms  and  combinative  capabilities.  Organ.  Sci.  10  551–568    Varian,  H.  R  (2003)  Innovation,  Components  and  Complements.  University  of  California,  Berkely    Venkatraman,  N.,  Lee,  C.  H.,  and  Iyer,  B.  (2007)  Strategic  ambidexterity  and  sales  growth:  A  

Page 114: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  112  

longitudinal  test  in  the  software  sector.  Unpublished  Manuscript  (earlier  version  presented  at  the  Academy  of  Management  Meetings,  2005)      von  Hippel,  E.    

- (1988)  Sources  of  Innovation.  Oxford,  New  York:  Oxford  University  Press  - (1994)  Sticky  information  and  locus  of  problem  solving:  implication  for  innovation,  

Management  of  science  40:  429-­‐439  Walker,  G.,  Kogut,  B.,  Shan,  W.  (1997)  Social  Capital,  Structural  Holes,  and  the  Formation  of  an  Industry.  Organisation  Science.  8(2):109    Wallace,  W.  (1971)  The  logic  of  science  in  sociology.  Chicago:  Aldine-­‐Atherton,  1971.      Walliser,  B.,  (2001)  “What  Cognitive  Economics  is  about"  Proceeding  of  the  French  School  Economie  Cognitive.    Wasserman,  S.  and  Faust,  K.  (1994)  Social  Network  Analysis:  Method  and  Application,  Cambridge:  Cambridge  University  Press.      Weick,  K.  (1976)  Educational  organizations  as  loosely  coupled  systems,  Administrative  Science  Quarterly,  21:  1-­‐9      Wellman,  B.,  and  Berkowitz,  S.  (1988)  Social  Structures:  A  Network  Approach.  Cambridge:  Cambridge  University  Press.    Wellman,  B.,  and  Haythornthwaite  C.  (2002)  The  Internet  in  everyday  life.  Oxford:  Blackwell  Publishers,  Fall  2002    Wenger,  E.,  McDermott,  R.,  Snyder,  W.  (2002)  “Cultivating  Communities  of  Practice:  A  Guide  to  Managing  Knowledge“,  Harvard  Business  School  Press,  Boston    Wilson,  J.  (2010)  Essentials  of  Business  Research:  A  Guide  to  Doing  Your  Research  Project:  Sage  Publications    Yin,  R.  K.  (2003).  Case  study  research,  design  and  methods,  3rd  ed.  Newbury  Park:  Sage  Publications    Young,  M.  L.  (2000).  Poor  Richard’s  building  online  communities:  Create  a  web  community  for  your  business,  club,  association  or  family.  Top  Floor  Publishing    Zhang,  J.  and  Ackerman,  M.S.  (2005)  Searching  For  Expertise  in  Social  Networks:  A  simulation  of  Potential  Strategies.  ACM  GROUP  ’05,  Nov,  2005,  USA    

Page 115: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  113  

8.2.  Online  sources  Biotimes  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.biotimes.com/en/Articles/2011/march/Documents/March_2011_%2020yearswithnovozymesnovamyl_EN.pdf  >  [Accessed  27  September  2011]  

Bullen,  P.  (2007)  Social  Capital  Factors:  Plausible  theory  about  causal  relationships  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.mapl.com.au/pdf/SocialCapitalFactors_PlausibleTheoryAboutCausalRelationshipsDraft2a.pdf>  [Accessed  30  September  2011]    Frost,  M.  (2008)  "The  age  of  Enlightenment"  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.martinfrost.ws/htmlfiles/enlightenment_age.html>  [Accessed  7  October  2011]    Frost  &  Sullivan  (2009),  The  U.S.  Industrial  Enzyme  Market,  N2C1-­‐39,  [online]  Available  at:<http://www.frost.com>  [Accessed  8  October  2011]    Haskens,  T.,  (2011)  Tom  Haskens  Blog  [online]  Available  at:  <http://growchangelearn.blogspot.com/2007/04/vertical-­‐and-­‐horizontal-­‐networks.html>  [Accessed  5  October  2011]    History  of  PCR  method  (1993)  A  (short)  history  of  PCR  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.scienceisart.com/A_PCR/PCRhistory_2.html>  [Accessed  14  October  2011]    IOE,  Institute  of  Enzymology  [online]  Available  at:  <  http://www.enzim.hu/index.php>  [Accessed  18  October  2011]    Leary  P,  and  Fontahina  E.  (2007)  Communities  of  Practice  and  virtual  learning  communities:  benefits,  barriers  and  success  factors,  eLearning  Papers  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.elearningeuropa.info/files/media/media13563.pdf>  [Accessed  11  October  2011]    McConnell,  B.,  Huba,  J.  (2006)  The  1%  Rule:  Charting  citizen  participation  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.churchofthecustomer.com/blog/2006/05/charting_wiki_p.html>  [Accessed  7  October  2011]    Novozymes  Talent  Search  (2011)  Commercial  Graduate  Program  China  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.novozymes.com/en/careers/students/graduate-­‐programs/graduate%20program%20china/Pages/default.aspx>  [Accessed  30  September  2011]    Panetta,  J.A.  (2008)  Distributed  Innovation  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.climate-­‐tech-­‐policy.org/wp/wp-­‐content/uploads/2008/Panetta_May08.pdf>  [Accessed  13  October  2011]    Savvy  Auntie  (2011)  Welcome  to  Savvy  Auntie  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.savvyauntie.com>  [Accessed  19  September  2011]    Social  Capital  Research  (2011)  [online]  Available  at:  <http://www.socialcapitalresearch.com/>  [Accessed  21  September  2011]    Xinhua  H.,  (2010),  The  Internet  in  China  [online]  Available  at:  <www.gov.ch:  http://www.gov.cn/english/2010-­‐06/08/content_1622956_2.htm>  [Accessed  21  September  2011]      

   

Page 116: Master Thesis: Virtual communities as a vehicle for science-based external knowledge sourcing e sourcing  and

Copenhagen  Business  School                                                                                                                                        Master  Thesis,  Fall  2011  M.Sc.  Innovation  and  Business  Development                        Benedikta  Hedegaard-­‐Knudsen  &  Dan  Herlin  

  114  

9.  Appendix  The   appendix   consists   of   documents,   graphs   and   tables   that   contain   supplementing  

information,  as  well  as  compilation  of  interview  summaries  and  meeting  notes  from  our  

empirical  data.  

Appendix:  Table  of  Contents  9.  APPENDIX  ................................................................................................................................................  114  APPENDIX  1:  INTERVIEW  SUMMARY  .........................................................................................................................  115  APPENDIX  2:  ONLINE  QUESTIONNAIRE  SUMMARY  .................................................................................................  146  APPENDIX  3:  NOVOZYMES  SALES  DATA  AND  GLOBAL  ENZYME  MARKET  ............................................................  151  APPENDIX  4:  ONLINE  TRENDS  –  EMERGING  SCIENTIFIC  COMMUNITIES  .............................................................  153  APPENDIX  5:  ENABLING  AND  INHIBITING  PROPERTIES  OF  A  VIRTUAL  COMMUNITY  ........................................  159